H13-611

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 4 min

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
Which of the following options does not belong to the hardware components of IP SAN?

http://www.gratisexam.com

A. Ethernet connected devices

B. iSCSI Host bus adapters
C. Storage Device
D. initiator Starter

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the sharing manners are Reliability Technology Cluster used in storing data? (Selected 3 answers)

A. Mirror mode
B. No sharing
C. Full-sharing
D. Manual mode

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3

http://www.gratisexam.com/
In the multipath environments of iSCSI link, for failover failures, which aspects will be usually diagnosed? (Selected 3 answers)

A. Confirm the compatibility of open-iscsi and multipath

B. Check Multipath Service started or not and Multipath module loading
C. Check Controller Status, especially Peer controller
D. Check the Parameter configuration of /etc/iscsi.conf document ConnFailTimeout=0

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
In the same case of IO environment and disk type, which of the following description of RAID5/RAID10 Performance Comparison is wrong?

A. Space utilization: Raid5 is obviously better than Raid10

B. Security: Raid5 is lower than Raid10
C. When read the business which belongs to large files, the performance of Raid5 is obviously better than Raid10
D. When read the business belongs to the Radom small IO, Raid5 is the best choice

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
A control box of S5500 configured eight FC 300G and eight SATA 1T hard drives.Five FC 300G hard drives made RAID group 0, Five SATA 1TB hard drives made
RAID group 1.Now, want to configure global hot spare disk for storage, in this case, how to configure it?

A. A FC 300GB disk set to global hot spare disk

B. A SATA 1TB disk set to global hot spare disk
C. A FC 300GB disk and a SATA 1TB disk set to global hot spare disk, respectively.
D. In this configuration, this device cannot configure global hot sparE.

Correct Answer: C

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
LUN Dynamic expansion can expand LUN between different RAID group.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
For LUN copy function of storage array, the same LUN cannot be target LUN of multiple incremental LUN copy.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
Which basic functions can log analysis function of maintenance Assistant achieve? (Select 3 answers)

A. Log import
B. Log filter
C. Keyword Search
D. Information collection

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: ABC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
In the process of SAN storage controller troubleshooting, before replacing the controller, in order to ensure that data is consistent, just make sure that LUN of
belonging to controller can send IO when there is no host, don’t have to do other operations.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Multi-path software failover and failback process apply transparent to the host, to avoid the path failure between the host and array which led to the suspension of
IO.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 11
Which of the following opinions about storage system boot failure or abnormal problem diagnosis are correct?

A. After the system is powered on, the control box is not normal boot within 15 minutes (system status indicator has been flashing orange), you can preliminarily
determine the system fail to power on.
B. When storage system is powered on, ISM cannot login successfully, you can determine the system boot failurE.
C. After the storage is powered on, the controller indicator light is red, you can determine the system boot failure
D. After the system is powered on, login MML and executive sys status to check the system status.If the status of System Running Status is flash cache, you can
determine the system boot failurE.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Synchronous remote replication connection between two storage array can use FC link or iSCSI link, and which can use the two kinds of links to connect at the
same timE.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Under HP-UX system, what command is used to check FC-HBA card WWN?

A. fcinfo hba-port
B. lscfg -pvl fcs0
C. fcmsutil /dev/fcd0
D. hbainfo

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Which of the following opinions are correct? (Select 2 answers)

A. In the process of disk array creating RAID group, it suggest that configure hot spare is the best.
B. as long as the type of disk is the same as the RAID group member, which can do hot spare disk of RAID group
C. reasonably choose different rotating speed of disk as the same RAID group can effectively improve the performance of the RAID group
D. the same disk array can be configured in multiple hot spare disks

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
Under AIX system, the method of checking initiator node name can through smitty devicE.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
Which does not belong to HostAgent component?

A. HyperManager server
B. InbandAgent

http://www.gratisexam.com/
C. ConsistentAgent
D. HyperManager client

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
The source LUN of storage array remote copy is 500GB, which of the following LUN can be used as the subordinate LUN of remote copy?

A. 400G
B. 500G
C. 600G
D. 700G

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
Which of the following commands are scanning disk under AIX? (select 2 answers)

A. lsdev
B. lsdev -Cc disk
C. cfgmgr -v
D. cfgmgr -l iscsi0

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 19
To improve performance, hot zone should be distributed in traditional hard disk inside as far as possible, because access data is fast in disk insidE.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
Which are the troubleshooting steps of fault diagnosis for iSCSi host link? (Select 3 Answers)

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. check the indicator light of the host network ports, storage host port is normal or not
B. checked whether there is any quality problem of network cable (replacement method)
C. check the status of ISM interface iSCSI host port
D. check whether the host can ping storage business IP and telent port is successful or not, such as Telnet IP 3620

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
For storage array products, which may cause the failure of Incremental LUN copy?(Select 2 Answers)

A. the source LUN writing strategy write-through

B. target LUN writes policy write-back not mirror

http://www.gratisexam.com/
C. link failures
D. there is insufficient space on the resource pool

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
During the following several kinds of optical fiber network topology, which topology network can extend equipment (nodes) up to?

A. switching topology
B. Point to point
C. the arbitration ring
D. hybrid networking

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Ext3 file system only support the maximum partition of size 2T.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
The LUN copy technology is on the basic of SERVER-FREE.

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Which are the advantages of the optical switching topology relative to point-to-point and the arbitration ring? (Select 3 Answers)

A. Multiple points can communicate at the same time

B. each node failure is independent, single node failure will not affect the other nodes
C. devices share the bandwidth
D. support multiple transmission rate at the same time

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Two reliability of 80% device formed a parallel system, what is the reliability of the system?

A. 64%
B. 60%
C. 80%
D. 96%

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 27
Windows platform checking the status of network port is occupied by process can use the command netstat –nab

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
When Snapshot rolled back, the source LUN must map to the host to use it.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
If the LUN on the storage array created the virtual snapshot, under the condition of the source LUN data is deleted by mistake, what method can be used to restore
data? (Select 2 Answers)

A. the snapshot of the source LUN rollback operation

B. the snapshots of the source LUN map to host, recover it on the host side
C. a snapshot of the source LUN activated operation
D. a snapshot of the source LUN mirror operation

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
Under AIX platform, what command is to check the host mounts all devices?

http://www.gratisexam.com/

A. cfgmgr –v
B. lspv
C. lsdev -Cc disk
D. rmdev -dl hdisk2

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Link bandwidth of Storage array remote replication data transmission is not adjusteD.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
In the storage array, which of the following situations would not lead to a snapshot fault?

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. the source LUN in RAID group failure
B. resource LUN in RAID group failure
C. there is insufficient space on the resource pool
D. the source LUN in RAID groups of relegation

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
The subordinate LUN’s space of synchronous remote replication must be greater than or equal to the source LUN.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
UltraPath multipath software supports multiple network connection mode, and the most simple way of connecting method is directly connected network.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A set of S5500 write policy set to write-back, after a controller lapsed, LUN's write strategies will translate into through.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36
Because of differences in the operating system itself, each of multi-path software has different compatible versions under the different operating systems, and even
different versions of the same operating system, may have different multipath versions, so before installing the multipath software, need to query version supporting
table, confirm the compatibility between multipath and OS, HBA carD.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
SMI-s is initiated and led by SNIA (global network storage industry association), and is standard management interface which is commonly developed by a number
of storage manufacturers.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 38
Which of the following operation process of virtual snapshot about storage array is correct?

A. create virtual snapshot - > create resource pool - > activate virtual snapshot - > virtual snapshot rolled back
B. create virtual snapshot - > activate virtual snapshot - > create resource pool - > virtual snapshot rolled back
C. create resource pool - > create virtual snapshot - > activate snapshot snapshot - > virtual snapshot rolled back
D. None of the above is correct

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Under Linux, which are the basic principles of the dd command test performance tuning? (Select 3 Answers)

A. read and write by bytes, collect performance data in an all-round way

B. it suggest that setting up reading and writing block is from big to small
C. in the process of reading and writing and performance testing, for IO influence factors, need to analysis, and find out the reason
D. analysis from small to large, and analysis of the online business is more efficient at the same time

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
In the treatment of SAN storage system RAID failure, will often set the hot plate of system for free disk, mainly to avoid the system automatically start refactoring.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
For the storage array products, which of the following reasons will cause full amount LUN copy fault? (Select 3 Answers)

A. the source LUN failure

B. target LUN failure
C. link failures
D. there is insufficient space on the resource pool

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
Cache mirroring technology means that data is written to a controller, at the same time, to which module will the data be written?

A. to end controller mirroring Cache

B. data safe
C. the server Cache
D. the hard disk cache

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 43
Mid-range storage products of OceanStor series own original dual-motor control technology, dual controllers both have same size and specifications of the Cache,
which make the data has Cache on both local controller and remote controller, namely write Cache data of the two controllers can backup through mutual mirroring,
to ensure the data security and integrity, improve the reliability of the write dat

A.
B. True
C. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
Which of the following methods and techniques are used in S5000T storage system to improve the performance? (Select 3 Answers)

A. dynamic flow control

B. smartcache technology
C. Cache prefetching technique
D. Cache mirroring technology

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
Which of the following opinions about S5000 version upgrade is wrong?

A. The subsequent releases of both S5000V1R5 and S5000TV1R1 can achieve a smooth upgrade, no need to upgrade the intermediate version
B. S5000TV1R1 upgrade to V1R5, need to upgrade to the V1R2 first, then upgrade to V1R5, directly from V1R1 upgrade to V1R5 may cause the DB loss,
management port IP, log, license loss and other unusual problems
C. before upgrade, need to backup the DB, system configuration information and system log

http://www.gratisexam.com/
D. before upgrade, don't have to check the version supporting table and manual of the version, because the system support version detection

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
RAID5 random write exist "punishment", which will influence the write performance, which of the following opinions are correct? (Select 3 Answers)

A. "punishment" is the extra read operation, which is caused by accomplishing write operation of IO
B. to complete an IO write operation, actually performed read and write operations for many times
C. "punishment" in random write operations is the key factor of influencing the performance
D. to complete an IO writes operation, actually perform read operation and write operation once

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
Which of the following reasons will cause remote replication fault between arrays?

A. the relegation of main LUN's RAID groups

B. copy link failures
C. there is insufficient space on the resource pool
D. failure of the subordinate LUN's RAID group

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48

http://www.gratisexam.com/
What command is used by Linux platform to check nic physical connection status and working mode?

A. ifup ethX
B. ethtool ethX
C. ifconfig ethX
D. more /etc/sysconfig/network/ethX

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49
Which of the following statements about IO size are correct? (Select 3 Answers)

A. the amount of data size of deciding an IO request carries once

B. every IO data logically is discontinuous
C. IOPS decreases continuously with the increase of data blocks
D. bandwidth value increases with the increase of data blocks, but the trend of increase is gradually slow, until leveled off

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
In the storage array system, when writing strategy is write-back, high and low water level is mainly to define high and low proportion of the Cache dirty data volume
accounts for Cache capacity.

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/
A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
In creating remote copy, if the size of the source LUN is 500G, then in remote array, which of the following target LUN's capacity cannot be used for remote
replication? (Select 3 Answers)

A. 300G
B. 400G
C. 500G
D. 600G

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
The management mode of ISM integrated storage management software for storage array is the in-band management modE.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53

http://www.gratisexam.com/
For S5000T system, when read the prefetch strategy opens, the business read performance of order IO is higher than random IO.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
Compared with the traditional local storage and DAS storage, which of the following are main characteristics and advantages belong to modern new SAN array
storage?(Select 3 Answers)

A. Large capacity
B. high performance
C. good stability
D. don't focus on scalability

Correct Answer: ABC

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
For common maintenance tools of storage array, which of the following description is wrong?

A. information collection tool has the characteristics of graphical interface operation, run across the operating system, multi-language switch and free installation
B. upgrade inspection tool has the characteristics of automatic judgment inspection items, reduce risk and reduce the skill requirements
C. the business management function can realize the visual display device of the current topology connection status
D. DHA service management refers to collecting the hard disk health data/performance data warehousing, support start-stop, set, export, comes back

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
In HostAgent scheme, HyperManager and ConsistentAgent communicate through FC link.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
Under Solaris system, when configuration multipath, what command need to activate and boot the STMS function in all port?

A. stmsboot -e
B. stmsboot -u
C. stmsboot -d
D. stmsboot -L

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
S5000 full amount LUN copy must interrupt host S5000 source LUN data read and write operations.

A. True
B. False

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)

http://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59
The problem of storage system configuration (DB) usually can be prevention through routine maintenance, which of the following measures can prevent system
cannot recover when DB abnormal problems appear? (Select 2 Answers)

A. after completion of system configuration, recommend backup DB, to prepare for tthe resumption of the system configuration
B. recommend timely processing when the safe hard disk failure
C. timely treatment after RAID group failure
D. log preservation and archiving

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
If it spent 10s reading 100 100KB file and 0.1s reading a 10MB file, then how many times is the later transmission bandwidth by the former?

A. 40188 times
B. 1 time
C. ten times
D. 100 times

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

http://www.gratisexam.com/

http://www.gratisexam.com/
 H13-611.32q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following best describes SDN?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
Storage Pools cannot be created with a single tier of disks.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system when you use RAID 2.0+.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk
in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
Which of the following criteria fits the definition of the Cloud? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. On Demand Self Service
B. Ubiquitous Access
C. Shared Pool Of Configurable Resources
D. Massively Parallel Processing

Correct Answer: ABCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
What is the main difference between mechanical drives such as SAS with solid state drives (SSD)?

A. The lifespan of hard drive.

B. The presence of mechanical parts.
C. The capacity of hard drive.
D. The performance of the hard drive.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
If no data migration plan is set, with SmartTier enabled, there will be no data movement at all between tiers.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 9
Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety of data types in a short period of time from a collection of vast
amounts of data?

A. Cloud
B. Internet Of Things
C. Social Media
D. Big Data

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.
B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.
C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.
D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.
Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers through network.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which licensed feature is best described as: periodically detects hotspot data and promotes them from low-speed storage media to high-
speed media.

A. SmartMigration
B. SmartTier
C. SmartMove
D. SmartMotion

Correct Answer: B

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
In an ICT infrastructure the servers can run different operating systems like Windows, Linux, AIX.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.
Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Match the RAID level with the characteristics. (1)RAID 0 (2)RAID 5 (3)RAID 10 (4)RAID 6 (a) Cost effective (b)Allows double disk failure (c)Highest performance (d)
No data protection.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – b; 4 - c
B. 1 – a; 2 – d; 3 – b; 4 - c
C. 1 – a; 2 – b; 3 – c; 4 - d
D. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – c; 4 - b

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Select the correct statements that describes the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 24
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points.
Statement 2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
B. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
C. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths to the same LUN.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group.
Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 29
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide even distribution of storage across all nodes.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is traditional Tape backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.
Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible scenario.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after a disaster has occurred.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 H13-611

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min
File Version: 1

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Exam A

QUESTION 1
Which of the following are the 3 layers of components that storage systems are made up of? (Choose three.)

A. Storage Analysis
B. Storage Solution

https://www.gratisexam.com/

C. Storage Software
D. Storage Hardware

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following is not the benefits of converged storage systems?

A. The same device is able to provide both block storage and file storage.
B. Saving of rack space due to integration of equipment into one device.
C. Converged storage system has better data protection compared to other non-converged systems.
D. Unified management of storage resources.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 3
The only cable type that can be used to connect disk enclosures is the mini SAS cable.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Which of the following best describes SDN?

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 6
Storage Pools cannot be created with a single tier of disks.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk
in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
Which of the following criteria fits the definition of the Cloud? (Choose all that apply.)

A. On Demand Self Service

B. Ubiquitous Access
C. Shared Pool Of Configurable Resources
D. Massively Parallel Processing

Correct Answer: ABCD

Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.

Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Which statement is true?

A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.

B. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
C. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
D. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Statement 2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.

A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.

Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which licensed feature is best described as: periodically detects hotspot data and promotes them from low-speed storage media to high-
speed media.

A. SmartMigration
B. SmartTier
C. SmartMove
D. SmartMotion

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Data and Information are the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
What are components of an ICT infrastructure? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
Statement 1: Fiber optic cables must be bended with a minimum radius of 10 centimeters.

Statement 2: Bends and dirt causes the light signal to be weaker and the sensor cannot detect the light pulse then.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
B. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
C. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
D. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group.

Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Replication
B. Disk-To-Tape
C. Virtual Tape Library
D. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Statement 1: If possible it is always advised to make only Full Backups.

Statement 2: LAN free backups typically run slower than LAN based backups.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Which of the following are correct steps in a LAN based backup job? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Agent on application server sends data to the backup device.

B. Backup server sends a “start-backup” command to the backup device.
C. Agent on application server sends data to backup media server.
D. Backup media server sends data to the backup device.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Statement 1: Every time a tape is used to restore data, some data will be lost.

Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.
https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. Statements 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
HyperReplication for HUAWEI OceanStor V3 can use FC links between the data centers. ISCSI links are not supported.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?

A. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
B. in/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
C. cat/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. mount/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 31
Which of the following cloud service model deals with providing storage, network, servers and virtualization of resources?

A. Infrastructure As A Service (IaaS).

B. Storage As A Service (STaaS).
C. Software As A Service (SaaS).
D. Platform As A Service (PaaS)

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
Which of the following is NOT the characteristics of the active-active mode of a storage controller?

A. The primary controller processes the I/O requests from application servers and the secondary controller is in the idle state.
B. The active-active mode achieves load balancing, full utilization of resources, and system performance improvement.
C. Two controllers process the I/O requests from application servers concurrently.
D. If a controller becomes faulty, the other takes over the work of the faulty controller without disrupting ongoing services.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
Which is the correct formation order of the following elements in RAID 2.0+?

A. LD -> CKG -> CK -> Extent -> LUN

B. LD -> Extent -> CKG -> CK -> LUN
C. LD -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LUN
D. LUN -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LD

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which is NOT the limitation of DAS, compared with SAN?

A. Large investment
B. Poor scalability
C. Difficult resource sharing
D. Decentralized management

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
Which statement is true about RAID 2.0+?

A. RAID 2.0+ has a higher RAID overhead than traditional RAID types.
B. Chunks belonging to a file will never be written on the same physical disk.
C. RAID 2.0+ allows for a complete enclosure to fail without causing data loss.
D. With RAID 2.0+ it is supported to select no hot spare disks.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually
irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Sector.
C. Bad Platter Area.
D. Head Crash.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
Which are characteristics of the HUAWEI OceanStor V3 hardware? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SAN and NAS convergence

B. SSD and HDD convergence
C. No need for heterogeneous convergence anymore
D. Primary and Backup convergence

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot.
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.

Correct Answer: AB
https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

B. Storage device
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. Fibre Channel HBA

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
Statement 1: a snapshot of a ThinLUN at creation does not occupy storage capacity. The snapshot of a ThickLUN at creation immediately occupies storage
capacity.

Statement 2: When a snapshot of a ThickLUN exists, there is always space available to store changes to the original data.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead.

Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
When a RAID configuration is in a degraded state it means that no data has been lost yet.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?

A. Global Cache.
B. Global Concurrency.
C. Global Namespace.
D. Global Sharing.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Better environmental adaptability

B. Larger capacity
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Longer service life

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage systems over file servers? (Choose all that apply.)

A. High data security

B. Diverse services and powerful functions
C. Large storage space

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
D. High stability and reliability

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
A customer needs zoning configured in a Fibre Channel switch. The customer frequently changes the patch points in the infrastructure. What zoning method is
preferred then?

A. Port zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
B. Soft zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
C. Zoning is not required in a FC SAN.
D. Port zoning and Soft zoning should always be used together.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head when the head is on the correct track?

A. Rotational latency
B. Seek time
C. Rotational speed
D. Throughput

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 49
For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of Distributed Storage Architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. The storage nodes are non centralized.

B. Non concurrent I/O access.
C. The storage nodes are centralized.
D. Concurrent I/O access.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
In storage systems, what does throughput refer to?

A. Amount of signals that can be sent or received by processors in a period of time.

B. Amount of calculations that can be processed in a period of time.
C. Amount of data that can be received and written to the storage medium in a period of time.
D. Amount of data that can be transmitted and received over network in a period of time.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either full backup or incremental backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53
Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup policy
B. Backup media
C. Backup server
D. Backup software

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
Incremental backup requires the last full backup and each incremental backup to fully restore data. Data reconstruction is therefore slower compared with full
backups.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
In a good Disaster Recovery Plan there are no single points of failure, not even with any single person.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
To enable a Windows-based host to use the resources provided by a HUAWEI OceanStor V3 series storage device, perform the following operations:

1. Create a Disk Domain and a storage pool.

2. Create a host group and host.
3. Create a LUN group and LUN.
4. Configure an initiator on server and on storage device.
5. Connect the server to the storage device.
6. Format the logical disk.
7. Install the initiator software on server.
8. Mapping.

Place the steps in the proper order.

A. 7 -> 5 -> 1 -> 3 -> 2 -> 4 -> 8 -> 6

B. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 8 -> 7 -> 5 -> 6
C. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8
D. 1 -> 2 -> 3 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
What is not a deciding parameter for Information LifeCycle Management?

A. The amount of data.

B. The format in which the data must be kept.
C. How long data should be kept.
D. What to do with data that is no longer required.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
Storage array is a network device used to switching network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network
that is connected.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59
Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.

A. FALSE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
Which of the following is not a port type defined by Fibre Channel?

A. E-Port
B. F-Port
C. NL-Port
D. G-Port

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
The maintenance network port is used, by the DeviceManager, for daily management.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62
Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software applications.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63
Which of the following statements about the differences between DAS and SAN is incorrect?

A. SAN uses the Fibre Channel or iSCSI protocol and therefore offers better scalability.
B. DAS applies to small and medium LANs that have general storage capacity requirements and only a small number of servers.
C. DAS and SAN are both external storage and can achieve storage resource sharing easily.
D. SAN applies to mid-range and high-end storage application environments such as key databases, centralized storage, mass storage, backup, and disaster
recovery.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
A user is having intermittent problems connecting to their shared network storage. A network technician is able to determine that there is a problem within the
network cabling in between the workstation and the switch. All other users are able to connect successfully to the network. Which of the following is the MOST likely
cause?

A. Cable is not connected at the patch panel.

B. Cable has been cut somewhere within the wall.
C. Patch cable is a crossover cable instead of straight-through.
D. Crosstalk and interference are occurring.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65
Which of the following is the common physical size division of the surface of the hard disk? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Partition.
B. Sector.
C. Cylinder.
D. Track.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, what statement is true about SmartThin LUNs?

A. Space will be reclaimed in all Windows operating systems when data is deleted in the OS.
B. A Thin LUN cannot be converted into a Thick LUN.
C. SmartThin must be enabled on all LUNs of a storage pool.
D. SmartThin LUNs consume just a little storage capacity at the time they are created.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67
Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
C. BBU module
D. Fan module

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68
About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier.
Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69
CIFS can be run on UDP as well as on TCP.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 70
Which of the following storage devices are non volatile? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Hard Disk
B. RAM
C. Magnetic Tape
D. DVD

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71
The recovery point objective (RPO) is used to identify how much time lies between two backups.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72
Which of the following is NOT true for a tape library?

A. Backup software will allow multiple backup jobs to run simultaneously.

B. Can be a disk based Virtual tape library.
C. Should be in the same datacenter as the production data for easy restores.
D. Ideally allows remote connections using FC and/or iSCSI.

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73
A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
 H13-611.32q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following best describes SDN?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
Storage Pools cannot be created with a single tier of disks.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system when you use RAID 2.0+.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk
in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
Which of the following criteria fits the definition of the Cloud? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. On Demand Self Service
B. Ubiquitous Access
C. Shared Pool Of Configurable Resources
D. Massively Parallel Processing

Correct Answer: ABCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
What is the main difference between mechanical drives such as SAS with solid state drives (SSD)?

A. The lifespan of hard drive.

B. The presence of mechanical parts.
C. The capacity of hard drive.
D. The performance of the hard drive.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
If no data migration plan is set, with SmartTier enabled, there will be no data movement at all between tiers.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 9
Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety of data types in a short period of time from a collection of vast
amounts of data?

A. Cloud
B. Internet Of Things
C. Social Media
D. Big Data

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.
B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.
C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.
D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.
Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers through network.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which licensed feature is best described as: periodically detects hotspot data and promotes them from low-speed storage media to high-
speed media.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. SmartMigration
B. SmartTier
C. SmartMove
D. SmartMotion

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
In an ICT infrastructure the servers can run different operating systems like Windows, Linux, AIX.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.
Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Match the RAID level with the characteristics. (1)RAID 0 (2)RAID 5 (3)RAID 10 (4)RAID 6 (a) Cost effective (b)Allows double disk failure (c)Highest performance (d)
No data protection.

A. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – b; 4 - c
B. 1 – a; 2 – d; 3 – b; 4 - c
C. 1 – a; 2 – b; 3 – c; 4 - d
D. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – c; 4 - b

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Select the correct statements that describes the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 23
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points.
Statement 2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26

https://www.gratisexam.com/
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
B. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
C. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths to the same LUN.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group.
Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide even distribution of storage across all nodes.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is traditional Tape backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.
Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible scenario.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after a disaster has occurred.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 H13-611.47q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following best describes SDN?

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system when you use RAID 2.0+.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
What is a storage array?

A. A system that manages the network functions and carries the data traffic from host to storage.
B. A system that handles the interconnection of hosts to disks drives and allows hosts to directly access the disks and use it as local drives.
C. A system that has the management software that can provide access to its sets of hard drives or tape libraries for the purpose of data access and storage.
D. A system that handles the communication of data from end users to its storage location and provide confirmation on successful storage.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk
in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 6
Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.

Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
Which statement is true?

A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.

B. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
C. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
D. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies.

Statement 2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.

A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Statement 1: MLC drives are optimal when used for high intensity writes to that disk.

Statement 2: The latency of SSD drives is about 0.1 s.

A. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.

Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Data and Information are the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 18
What are components of an ICT infrastructure? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves system reliability.

B. Reduces system performance.
C. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
D. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
Storage array is a network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network that is connected.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Statement 1: Fiber optic cables must be bended with a minimum radius of 10 centimeters.

Statement 2: Bends and dirt causes the light signal to be weaker and the sensor cannot detect the light pulse then.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. iSCSI storage device
B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points.

Statement 2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.

B. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
C. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
D. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after a disaster has occurred.

A. FALSE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
Statement 1: Virtual Tape Libraries allow for a highly scalable backup strategy as storage can be added later.

Statement 2: Virtual Tape Libraries should be used when remote datacenters are NOT available.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
Statement 1: If possible it is always advised to make only Full Backups.

Statement 2: LAN free backups typically run slower than LAN based backups.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Which of the following are correct steps in a LAN based backup job? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Agent on application server sends data to the backup device.

B. Backup server sends a “start-backup” command to the backup device.
C. Agent on application server sends data to backup media server.
D. Backup media server sends data to the backup device.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
Statement 1: Every time a tape is used to restore data, some data will be lost.

Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
HyperReplication for HUAWEI OceanStor V3 can use FC links the data centers. ISCSI links are not supported.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which of the following statements is incorrect?

A. Physical volumes reside on the lowest layer in the logical volume manager. Logical volumes and volume groups are dependent on physical volumes.
B. A logical volume can reside on multiple physical disks. Data storage can be physically discontinuous.
C. Multiple volume groups can be created on the space of a logical volume.
D. A volume group is built on physical volumes. A volume group can contain one physical volume group or multiple physical volumes.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?

A. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
B. in/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
C. cat/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. mount/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 36
Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot.
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. Storage device
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. Fibre Channel HBA

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Which of the following is correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SmartTier supports a High Performance, a Performance, a High Capacity and a Capacity Tier.
B. Only when a snapshot is activated will the system record all changes to the original LUN.
C. To write data to the secondary LUN of a clone pair, the pair must be split.
D. A snapshot needs to be removed from the LUN group to be fully unmapped.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ offers better protection against data loss than traditional RAID and it performs much better.

Statement 2: To rebuild a RAID 2.0+ protected failed drive takes a lot of time as all drives are involved in the rebuild of the spare disk.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
Statement 1: a snapshot of a ThinLUN at creation does not occupy storage capacity. The snapshot of a ThickLUN at creation immediately occupies storage
capacity.

Statement 2: When a snapshot of a ThickLUN exists, there is always space available to store changes to the original data.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
What is the main purpose of hot swapping technology in disk enclosures?

A. To be able to swap out the disks when the temperature is too hot.
B. To swap out the hard disks after proper shutdown of storage system.
C. Maintain the temperature of the disks to prevent overheating.
D. To swap out the hard disks without turning off the storage system.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage systems over file servers? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. High data security
B. Diverse services and powerful functions
C. Large storage space
D. High stability and reliability

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
In order to make full use of storage resources, on which tier are SSDs usually configured in a tiered storage system?

A. Capacity tier
B. Performance tier
C. High-performance tier
D. Offline storage

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
A customer needs zoning configured in a Fibre Channel switch. The customer frequently changes the patch points in the infrastructure. What zoning method is
preferred then?

A. Port zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
B. Soft zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
C. Zoning is not required in a FC SAN.
D. Port zoning and Soft zoning should always be used together.

Correct Answer: B

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
A device can have one WWPN but multiple WWNN's.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
Select which of the following is not a property of Distributed Object Storage Architecture.

A. Centralized nodes.
B. Online expansion.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Global namespace.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 H13-611.68q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
If no data migration plan is set, with SmartTier enabled, there will be no data movement at all between tiers.

A. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety of data types in a short period of time from a collection of vast
amounts of data?

A. Cloud
B. Internet Of Things
C. Social Media
D. Big Data

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.
B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.
C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.
D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
Statement 1: MLC drives are optimal when used for high intensity writes to that disk.

Statement 2: The latency of SSD drives is about 0.1 s.

A. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.

Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 8
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Data and Information are the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
What are components of an ICT infrastructure? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves system reliability.

B. Reduces system performance.
C. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
D. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Storage array is a network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network that is connected.

A. FALSE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Statement 1: Fiber optic cables must be bended with a minimum radius of 10 centimeters.

Statement 2: Bends and dirt causes the light signal to be weaker and the sensor cannot detect the light pulse then.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 18
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points.

Statement 2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.

B. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
C. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
D. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
B. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
C. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths to the same LUN.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group.

Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 23
What statement is true?

A. IT managers should determine the retention period for data.

B. Information Life Cycle management must be based on the costs for the storage hardware.
C. Storing a lot of random, unstructured data can become a management problem for many companies.
D. Technology is the main factor that decides which disaster recovery method will be implemented.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide even distribution of storage across all nodes.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is traditional Tape backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Replication
B. Disk-To-Tape
C. Virtual Tape Library
D. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.

Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible scenario.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Which is the correct formation order of the following elements in RAID 2.0+?

A. LD -> CKG -> CK -> Extent -> LUN

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. LD -> Extent -> CKG -> CK -> LUN
C. LD -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LUN
D. LUN -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LD

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
Which is NOT the limitation of DAS, compared with SAN?

A. Large investment
B. Poor scalability
C. Difficult resource sharing
D. Decentralized management

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
Which statement is true about RAID 2.0+?

A. RAID 2.0+ has a higher RAID overhead than traditional RAID types.
B. Chunks belonging to a file will never be written on the same physical disk.
C. RAID 2.0+ allows for a complete enclosure to fail without causing data loss.
D. With RAID 2.0+ it is supported to select no hot spare disks.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 31
It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually
irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Sector.
C. Bad Platter Area.
D. Head Crash.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
Which are characteristics of the HUAWEI OceanStor V3 hardware? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SAN and NAS convergence

B. SSD and HDD convergence
C. No need for heterogeneous convergence anymore
D. Primary and Backup convergence

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

B. Storage device
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. Fibre Channel HBA

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36
Which of the following is correct? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. SmartTier supports a High Performance, a Performance, a High Capacity and a Capacity Tier.
B. Only when a snapshot is activated will the system record all changes to the original LUN.
C. To write data to the secondary LUN of a clone pair, the pair must be split.
D. A snapshot needs to be removed from the LUN group to be fully unmapped.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
In a NAS environment entire files are sent across the Ethernet based network. The NAS server however stores these files in the form as SCSI blocks mostly on
multiple disks using RAID protection.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ offers better protection against data loss than traditional RAID and it performs much better.

Statement 2: To rebuild a RAID 2.0+ protected failed drive takes a lot of time as all drives are involved in the rebuild of the spare disk.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Statement 1: a snapshot of a ThinLUN at creation does not occupy storage capacity. The snapshot of a ThickLUN at creation immediately occupies storage
capacity.

Statement 2: When a snapshot of a ThickLUN exists, there is always space available to store changes to the original data.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead.

Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Which of the following statements about RAID 5 are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. RAID 5 uses the XOR algorithm for parity.

B. RAID 5 tolerates the failure of a maximum of two member disks without losing data.
C. RAID 5 has fixed parity disks.
D. RAID 5 writes data by stripes.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
When a RAID configuration is in a degraded state it means that no data has been lost yet.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
Dual-switch networking is widely applied in Fibre Channel SANs. Which of the following are its characteristics? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Two Fibre Channel switches are deployed in a SAN for connecting to the two controllers of a storage device.
B. Per host two fibre channel ports should be available. The two Fibre Channel ports connect to two Fibre Channel switches.
C. As multiple paths exist, the dual switch networking mode supports link redundancy but does not support load balancing.
D. The ports on the two Fibre Channel switches connecting to the hosts and storage device must reside in the same zone.

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
Statement 1: A Solid State Disk drive can withstand strong vibrations.

Statement 2: A Solid State Disk drive has only a few mechanical parts.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?

A. Global Cache.
B. Global Concurrency.
C. Global Namespace.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Global Sharing.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of Distributed Storage Architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. The storage nodes are non centralized.

B. Non concurrent I/O access.
C. The storage nodes are centralized.
D. Concurrent I/O access.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
In storage systems, what does throughput refer to?

A. Amount of signals that can be sent or received by processors in a period of time.

B. Amount of calculations that can be processed in a period of time.
C. Amount of data that can be received and written to the storage medium in a period of time.
D. Amount of data that can be transmitted and received over network in a period of time.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49
A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either full backup or incremental backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup policy
B. Backup media
C. Backup server
D. Backup software

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications must be paused during the replication update process.

A. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
Incremental backup requires the last full backup and each incremental backup to fully restore data. Data reconstruction is therefore slower compared with full
backups.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53
To enable a Windows-based host to use the resources provided by a HUAWEI OceanStor V3 series storage device, perform the following operations:

1. Create a Disk Domain and a storage pool.

2. Create a host group and host.
3. Create a LUN group and LUN.
4. Configure an initiator on server and on storage device.
5. Connect the server to the storage device.
6. Format the logical disk.
7. Install the initiator software on server.
8. Mapping.

Place the steps in the proper order.

A. 7 -> 5 -> 1 -> 3 -> 2 -> 4 -> 8 -> 6

B. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 8 -> 7 -> 5 -> 6
C. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. 1 -> 2 -> 3 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
A hybrid cloud is an environment where a public and private cloud solution is used simultaneously.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
Which of the following is an example of unstructured data? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SQL Databases
B. Images
C. Video
D. NoSQL Databases

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
Big Data refers to the process of collecting, processing and analyzing vast amount of data and information to gain valuable insights.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
In a RAID 5 group comprised of three disks, if 10110110 and 11010011 are written to the same stripe on the two data disks, respectively, 01100101 is calculated
using the XOR function and then written to the parity disk.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
What are the main considerations when you are buying HDDs? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Average access time

B. Sector size
C. Capacity
D. Rotational speed

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 59
The maintenance network port is used, by the DeviceManager, for daily management.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software applications.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
It is a device which manages the physical disk drives and presents them to the users as logical units. Which of the following device fits the above description?

A. Host.
B. Storage Controller.
C. Storage Cache.
D. Storage NIC.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 62
Based on the understanding of the Generation stage of the lifecycle management of information and data, identify the 3 types of sources in which data can be
generated. (Choose three.)

A. Internal Input.
B. External Input.
C. Internal System Generation.
D. External System Generation.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63
Which of the following statements about the differences between DAS and SAN is incorrect?

A. SAN uses the Fibre Channel or iSCSI protocol and therefore offers better scalability.
B. DAS applies to small and medium LANs that have general storage capacity requirements and only a small number of servers.
C. DAS and SAN are both external storage and can achieve storage resource sharing easily.
D. SAN applies to mid-range and high-end storage application environments such as key databases, centralized storage, mass storage, backup, and disaster
recovery.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
A user is having intermittent problems connecting to their shared network storage. A network technician is able to determine that there is a problem within the
network cabling in between the workstation and the switch. All other users are able to connect successfully to the network. Which of the following is the MOST likely
cause?

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. Cable is not connected at the patch panel.
B. Cable has been cut somewhere within the wall.
C. Patch cable is a crossover cable instead of straight-through.
D. Crosstalk and interference are occurring.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65
You are tasked with designing a block and file storage system that has high performance in data transmission over Ethernet network to clients with mixed operating
system of Windows and Linux within the local office. Select the proper components and ICT architecture that will fit the above requirements. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Implement a NAS storage with the CIFS file system.

B. Implement an IP SAN network with Ethernet switches.
C. Implement a FC SAN with FC switches and SFP.
D. Implement a NAS storage with the NFS file system.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
Which of the following is the common physical size division of the surface of the hard disk? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Partition.
B. Sector.
C. Cylinder.
D. Track.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67
Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. BBU module
D. Fan module

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68
Which of the following are existing Solid State Disk types? (Choose all that apply.)

A. TLC
B. SLC
C. DLC
D. eMLC

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 H13-611

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min
File Version: 1

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Exam A

QUESTION 1
Which of the following are the 3 layers of components that storage systems are made up of? (Choose three.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Storage Analysis
B. Storage Solution
C. Storage Software
D. Storage Hardware

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following is not the benefits of converged storage systems?

A. The same device is able to provide both block storage and file storage.
B. Saving of rack space due to integration of equipment into one device.
C. Converged storage system has better data protection compared to other non-converged systems.
D. Unified management of storage resources.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 3
The only cable type that can be used to connect disk enclosures is the mini SAS cable.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Which of the following best describes SDN?

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 6
Storage Pools cannot be created with a single tier of disks.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk
in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
Which of the following criteria fits the definition of the Cloud? (Choose all that apply.)

A. On Demand Self Service

B. Ubiquitous Access
C. Shared Pool Of Configurable Resources
D. Massively Parallel Processing

Correct Answer: ABCD

Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.

Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Which statement is true?

A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.

B. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
C. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
D. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Statement 2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.

A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.

Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which licensed feature is best described as: periodically detects hotspot data and promotes them from low-speed storage media to high-
speed media.

A. SmartMigration
B. SmartTier
C. SmartMove
D. SmartMotion

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.

Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Data and Information are the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
What are components of an ICT infrastructure? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
Statement 1: Fiber optic cables must be bended with a minimum radius of 10 centimeters.

Statement 2: Bends and dirt causes the light signal to be weaker and the sensor cannot detect the light pulse then.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
B. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
C. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
D. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group.

Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Replication
B. Disk-To-Tape
C. Virtual Tape Library
D. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Statement 1: If possible it is always advised to make only Full Backups.

Statement 2: LAN free backups typically run slower than LAN based backups.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Which of the following are correct steps in a LAN based backup job? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Agent on application server sends data to the backup device.

B. Backup server sends a “start-backup” command to the backup device.
C. Agent on application server sends data to backup media server.
D. Backup media server sends data to the backup device.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Statement 1: Every time a tape is used to restore data, some data will be lost.

Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.
https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. Statements 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
HyperReplication for HUAWEI OceanStor V3 can use FC links between the data centers. ISCSI links are not supported.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?

A. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
B. in/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
C. cat/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. mount/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 31
Which of the following cloud service model deals with providing storage, network, servers and virtualization of resources?

A. Infrastructure As A Service (IaaS).

B. Storage As A Service (STaaS).
C. Software As A Service (SaaS).
D. Platform As A Service (PaaS)

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
Which of the following is NOT the characteristics of the active-active mode of a storage controller?

A. The primary controller processes the I/O requests from application servers and the secondary controller is in the idle state.
B. The active-active mode achieves load balancing, full utilization of resources, and system performance improvement.
C. Two controllers process the I/O requests from application servers concurrently.
D. If a controller becomes faulty, the other takes over the work of the faulty controller without disrupting ongoing services.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
Which is the correct formation order of the following elements in RAID 2.0+?

A. LD -> CKG -> CK -> Extent -> LUN

B. LD -> Extent -> CKG -> CK -> LUN
C. LD -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LUN
D. LUN -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LD

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which is NOT the limitation of DAS, compared with SAN?

A. Large investment
B. Poor scalability
C. Difficult resource sharing
D. Decentralized management

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
Which statement is true about RAID 2.0+?

A. RAID 2.0+ has a higher RAID overhead than traditional RAID types.
B. Chunks belonging to a file will never be written on the same physical disk.
C. RAID 2.0+ allows for a complete enclosure to fail without causing data loss.
D. With RAID 2.0+ it is supported to select no hot spare disks.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually
irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Sector.
C. Bad Platter Area.
D. Head Crash.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
Which are characteristics of the HUAWEI OceanStor V3 hardware? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SAN and NAS convergence

B. SSD and HDD convergence
C. No need for heterogeneous convergence anymore
D. Primary and Backup convergence

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot.
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.

Correct Answer: AB
https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

B. Storage device
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. Fibre Channel HBA

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
Statement 1: a snapshot of a ThinLUN at creation does not occupy storage capacity. The snapshot of a ThickLUN at creation immediately occupies storage
capacity.

Statement 2: When a snapshot of a ThickLUN exists, there is always space available to store changes to the original data.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead.

Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
When a RAID configuration is in a degraded state it means that no data has been lost yet.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?

A. Global Cache.
B. Global Concurrency.
C. Global Namespace.
D. Global Sharing.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Better environmental adaptability

B. Larger capacity
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Longer service life

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage systems over file servers? (Choose all that apply.)

A. High data security

B. Diverse services and powerful functions
C. Large storage space

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
D. High stability and reliability

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
A customer needs zoning configured in a Fibre Channel switch. The customer frequently changes the patch points in the infrastructure. What zoning method is
preferred then?

A. Port zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
B. Soft zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
C. Zoning is not required in a FC SAN.
D. Port zoning and Soft zoning should always be used together.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head when the head is on the correct track?

A. Rotational latency
B. Seek time
C. Rotational speed
D. Throughput

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 49
For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of Distributed Storage Architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. The storage nodes are non centralized.

B. Non concurrent I/O access.
C. The storage nodes are centralized.
D. Concurrent I/O access.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
In storage systems, what does throughput refer to?

A. Amount of signals that can be sent or received by processors in a period of time.

B. Amount of calculations that can be processed in a period of time.
C. Amount of data that can be received and written to the storage medium in a period of time.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
 https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. Amount of data that can be transmitted and received over network in a period of time.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either full backup or incremental backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53
Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup policy
B. Backup media
C. Backup server
D. Backup software

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
Incremental backup requires the last full backup and each incremental backup to fully restore data. Data reconstruction is therefore slower compared with full
backups.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
In a good Disaster Recovery Plan there are no single points of failure, not even with any single person.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
To enable a Windows-based host to use the resources provided by a HUAWEI OceanStor V3 series storage device, perform the following operations:

1. Create a Disk Domain and a storage pool.

2. Create a host group and host.
3. Create a LUN group and LUN.
4. Configure an initiator on server and on storage device.
5. Connect the server to the storage device.
6. Format the logical disk.
https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
7. Install the initiator software on server.
8. Mapping.

Place the steps in the proper order.

A. 7 -> 5 -> 1 -> 3 -> 2 -> 4 -> 8 -> 6

B. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 8 -> 7 -> 5 -> 6
C. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8
D. 1 -> 2 -> 3 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
What is not a deciding parameter for Information LifeCycle Management?

A. The amount of data.

B. The format in which the data must be kept.
C. How long data should be kept.
D. What to do with data that is no longer required.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
Storage array is a network device used to switching network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network
that is connected.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59
Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
Which of the following is not a port type defined by Fibre Channel?

A. E-Port
B. F-Port
C. NL-Port
D. G-Port

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
The maintenance network port is used, by the DeviceManager, for daily management.

A. FALSE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62
Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software applications.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63
Which of the following statements about the differences between DAS and SAN is incorrect?

A. SAN uses the Fibre Channel or iSCSI protocol and therefore offers better scalability.
B. DAS applies to small and medium LANs that have general storage capacity requirements and only a small number of servers.
C. DAS and SAN are both external storage and can achieve storage resource sharing easily.
D. SAN applies to mid-range and high-end storage application environments such as key databases, centralized storage, mass storage, backup, and disaster
recovery.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
A user is having intermittent problems connecting to their shared network storage. A network technician is able to determine that there is a problem within the

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
network cabling in between the workstation and the switch. All other users are able to connect successfully to the network. Which of the following is the MOST likely
cause?

A. Cable is not connected at the patch panel.

B. Cable has been cut somewhere within the wall.
C. Patch cable is a crossover cable instead of straight-through.
D. Crosstalk and interference are occurring.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65
Which of the following is the common physical size division of the surface of the hard disk? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Partition.
B. Sector.
C. Cylinder.
D. Track.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, what statement is true about SmartThin LUNs?

A. Space will be reclaimed in all Windows operating systems when data is deleted in the OS.
B. A Thin LUN cannot be converted into a Thick LUN.
C. SmartThin must be enabled on all LUNs of a storage pool.
D. SmartThin LUNs consume just a little storage capacity at the time they are created.

Correct Answer: D
https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67
Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. BBU module
D. Fan module

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68
About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier.
Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 69
CIFS can be run on UDP as well as on TCP.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70
Which of the following storage devices are non volatile? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Hard Disk
B. RAM
C. Magnetic Tape
D. DVD

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71
The recovery point objective (RPO) is used to identify how much time lies between two backups.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 72
Which of the following is NOT true for a tape library?

A. Backup software will allow multiple backup jobs to run simultaneously.

B. Can be a disk based Virtual tape library.
C. Should be in the same datacenter as the production data for easy restores.
D. Ideally allows remote connections using FC and/or iSCSI.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73
A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
 H13-611.68q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
If no data migration plan is set, with SmartTier enabled, there will be no data movement at all between tiers.

A. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety of data types in a short period of time from a collection of vast
amounts of data?

A. Cloud
B. Internet Of Things
C. Social Media
D. Big Data

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.
B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.
C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.
D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
Statement 1: MLC drives are optimal when used for high intensity writes to that disk.

Statement 2: The latency of SSD drives is about 0.1 s.

A. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.

Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 8
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Data and Information are the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
What are components of an ICT infrastructure? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves system reliability.

B. Reduces system performance.
C. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
D. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Storage array is a network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network that is connected.

A. FALSE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Statement 1: Fiber optic cables must be bended with a minimum radius of 10 centimeters.

Statement 2: Bends and dirt causes the light signal to be weaker and the sensor cannot detect the light pulse then.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 16
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 18
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points.

Statement 2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.

B. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
C. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
D. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
B. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
C. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths to the same LUN.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group.

Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 23
What statement is true?

A. IT managers should determine the retention period for data.

B. Information Life Cycle management must be based on the costs for the storage hardware.
C. Storing a lot of random, unstructured data can become a management problem for many companies.
D. Technology is the main factor that decides which disaster recovery method will be implemented.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide even distribution of storage across all nodes.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is traditional Tape backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Replication
B. Disk-To-Tape
C. Virtual Tape Library
D. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.

Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible scenario.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Which is the correct formation order of the following elements in RAID 2.0+?

A. LD -> CKG -> CK -> Extent -> LUN

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. LD -> Extent -> CKG -> CK -> LUN
C. LD -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LUN
D. LUN -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LD

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
Which is NOT the limitation of DAS, compared with SAN?

A. Large investment
B. Poor scalability
C. Difficult resource sharing
D. Decentralized management

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
Which statement is true about RAID 2.0+?

A. RAID 2.0+ has a higher RAID overhead than traditional RAID types.
B. Chunks belonging to a file will never be written on the same physical disk.
C. RAID 2.0+ allows for a complete enclosure to fail without causing data loss.
D. With RAID 2.0+ it is supported to select no hot spare disks.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 31
It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually
irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Sector.
C. Bad Platter Area.
D. Head Crash.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
Which are characteristics of the HUAWEI OceanStor V3 hardware? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SAN and NAS convergence

B. SSD and HDD convergence
C. No need for heterogeneous convergence anymore
D. Primary and Backup convergence

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

B. Storage device
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. Fibre Channel HBA

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36
Which of the following is correct? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. SmartTier supports a High Performance, a Performance, a High Capacity and a Capacity Tier.
B. Only when a snapshot is activated will the system record all changes to the original LUN.
C. To write data to the secondary LUN of a clone pair, the pair must be split.
D. A snapshot needs to be removed from the LUN group to be fully unmapped.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
In a NAS environment entire files are sent across the Ethernet based network. The NAS server however stores these files in the form as SCSI blocks mostly on
multiple disks using RAID protection.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ offers better protection against data loss than traditional RAID and it performs much better.

Statement 2: To rebuild a RAID 2.0+ protected failed drive takes a lot of time as all drives are involved in the rebuild of the spare disk.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Statement 1: a snapshot of a ThinLUN at creation does not occupy storage capacity. The snapshot of a ThickLUN at creation immediately occupies storage
capacity.

Statement 2: When a snapshot of a ThickLUN exists, there is always space available to store changes to the original data.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead.

Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Which of the following statements about RAID 5 are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. RAID 5 uses the XOR algorithm for parity.

B. RAID 5 tolerates the failure of a maximum of two member disks without losing data.
C. RAID 5 has fixed parity disks.
D. RAID 5 writes data by stripes.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
When a RAID configuration is in a degraded state it means that no data has been lost yet.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
Dual-switch networking is widely applied in Fibre Channel SANs. Which of the following are its characteristics? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Two Fibre Channel switches are deployed in a SAN for connecting to the two controllers of a storage device.
B. Per host two fibre channel ports should be available. The two Fibre Channel ports connect to two Fibre Channel switches.
C. As multiple paths exist, the dual switch networking mode supports link redundancy but does not support load balancing.
D. The ports on the two Fibre Channel switches connecting to the hosts and storage device must reside in the same zone.

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
Statement 1: A Solid State Disk drive can withstand strong vibrations.

Statement 2: A Solid State Disk drive has only a few mechanical parts.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?

A. Global Cache.
B. Global Concurrency.
C. Global Namespace.
D. Global Sharing.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.

A. FALSE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of Distributed Storage Architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. The storage nodes are non centralized.

B. Non concurrent I/O access.
C. The storage nodes are centralized.
D. Concurrent I/O access.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
In storage systems, what does throughput refer to?

A. Amount of signals that can be sent or received by processors in a period of time.

B. Amount of calculations that can be processed in a period of time.
C. Amount of data that can be received and written to the storage medium in a period of time.
D. Amount of data that can be transmitted and received over network in a period of time.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 49
A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either full backup or incremental backup.

A. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/

B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup policy
B. Backup media
C. Backup server
D. Backup software

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications must be paused during the replication update process.

A. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
Incremental backup requires the last full backup and each incremental backup to fully restore data. Data reconstruction is therefore slower compared with full
backups.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53
To enable a Windows-based host to use the resources provided by a HUAWEI OceanStor V3 series storage device, perform the following operations:

1. Create a Disk Domain and a storage pool.

2. Create a host group and host.
3. Create a LUN group and LUN.
4. Configure an initiator on server and on storage device.
5. Connect the server to the storage device.
6. Format the logical disk.
7. Install the initiator software on server.
8. Mapping.

Place the steps in the proper order.

A. 7 -> 5 -> 1 -> 3 -> 2 -> 4 -> 8 -> 6

B. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 8 -> 7 -> 5 -> 6
C. 2 -> 3 -> 1 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. 1 -> 2 -> 3 -> 4 -> 5 -> 6 -> 7 -> 8

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
A hybrid cloud is an environment where a public and private cloud solution is used simultaneously.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
Which of the following is an example of unstructured data? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SQL Databases
B. Images
C. Video
D. NoSQL Databases

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
Big Data refers to the process of collecting, processing and analyzing vast amount of data and information to gain valuable insights.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
In a RAID 5 group comprised of three disks, if 10110110 and 11010011 are written to the same stripe on the two data disks, respectively, 01100101 is calculated
using the XOR function and then written to the parity disk.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
What are the main considerations when you are buying HDDs? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Average access time

B. Sector size
C. Capacity
D. Rotational speed

Correct Answer: CD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 59
The maintenance network port is used, by the DeviceManager, for daily management.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software applications.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
It is a device which manages the physical disk drives and presents them to the users as logical units. Which of the following device fits the above description?

A. Host.
B. Storage Controller.
C. Storage Cache.
D. Storage NIC.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 62
Based on the understanding of the Generation stage of the lifecycle management of information and data, identify the 3 types of sources in which data can be
generated. (Choose three.)

A. Internal Input.
B. External Input.
C. Internal System Generation.
D. External System Generation.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63
Which of the following statements about the differences between DAS and SAN is incorrect?

A. SAN uses the Fibre Channel or iSCSI protocol and therefore offers better scalability.
B. DAS applies to small and medium LANs that have general storage capacity requirements and only a small number of servers.
C. DAS and SAN are both external storage and can achieve storage resource sharing easily.
D. SAN applies to mid-range and high-end storage application environments such as key databases, centralized storage, mass storage, backup, and disaster
recovery.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
A user is having intermittent problems connecting to their shared network storage. A network technician is able to determine that there is a problem within the
network cabling in between the workstation and the switch. All other users are able to connect successfully to the network. Which of the following is the MOST likely
cause?

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. Cable is not connected at the patch panel.
B. Cable has been cut somewhere within the wall.
C. Patch cable is a crossover cable instead of straight-through.
D. Crosstalk and interference are occurring.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65
You are tasked with designing a block and file storage system that has high performance in data transmission over Ethernet network to clients with mixed operating
system of Windows and Linux within the local office. Select the proper components and ICT architecture that will fit the above requirements. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Implement a NAS storage with the CIFS file system.

B. Implement an IP SAN network with Ethernet switches.
C. Implement a FC SAN with FC switches and SFP.
D. Implement a NAS storage with the NFS file system.

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
Which of the following is the common physical size division of the surface of the hard disk? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Partition.
B. Sector.
C. Cylinder.
D. Track.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67
Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. BBU module
D. Fan module

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 68
Which of the following are existing Solid State Disk types? (Choose all that apply.)

A. TLC
B. SLC
C. DLC
D. eMLC

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 H13-611.47q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following best describes SDN?

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system when you use RAID 2.0+.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
What is a storage array?

A. A system that manages the network functions and carries the data traffic from host to storage.
B. A system that handles the interconnection of hosts to disks drives and allows hosts to directly access the disks and use it as local drives.
C. A system that has the management software that can provide access to its sets of hard drives or tape libraries for the purpose of data access and storage.
D. A system that handles the communication of data from end users to its storage location and provide confirmation on successful storage.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk
in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 6
Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.

Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
Which statement is true?

A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.

B. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
C. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
D. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies.

Statement 2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.

A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Statement 1: MLC drives are optimal when used for high intensity writes to that disk.

Statement 2: The latency of SSD drives is about 0.1 s.

A. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.

Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Data and Information are the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18

https://www.gratisexam.com/
What are components of an ICT infrastructure? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves system reliability.

B. Reduces system performance.
C. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
D. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
Storage array is a network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network that is connected.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Statement 1: Fiber optic cables must be bended with a minimum radius of 10 centimeters.

Statement 2: Bends and dirt causes the light signal to be weaker and the sensor cannot detect the light pulse then.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points.

Statement 2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26
Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.

B. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
C. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
D. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after a disaster has occurred.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
Statement 1: Virtual Tape Libraries allow for a highly scalable backup strategy as storage can be added later.

Statement 2: Virtual Tape Libraries should be used when remote datacenters are NOT available.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
Statement 1: If possible it is always advised to make only Full Backups.

Statement 2: LAN free backups typically run slower than LAN based backups.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Which of the following are correct steps in a LAN based backup job? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Agent on application server sends data to the backup device.

B. Backup server sends a “start-backup” command to the backup device.
C. Agent on application server sends data to backup media server.
D. Backup media server sends data to the backup device.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
Statement 1: Every time a tape is used to restore data, some data will be lost.

Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
HyperReplication for HUAWEI OceanStor V3 can use FC links the data centers. ISCSI links are not supported.

A. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34
Which of the following statements is incorrect?

A. Physical volumes reside on the lowest layer in the logical volume manager. Logical volumes and volume groups are dependent on physical volumes.
B. A logical volume can reside on multiple physical disks. Data storage can be physically discontinuous.
C. Multiple volume groups can be created on the space of a logical volume.
D. A volume group is built on physical volumes. A volume group can contain one physical volume group or multiple physical volumes.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?

A. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
B. in/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
C. cat/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. mount/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 36
Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot.
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

B. Storage device
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. Fibre Channel HBA

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Which of the following is correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SmartTier supports a High Performance, a Performance, a High Capacity and a Capacity Tier.
B. Only when a snapshot is activated will the system record all changes to the original LUN.
C. To write data to the secondary LUN of a clone pair, the pair must be split.
D. A snapshot needs to be removed from the LUN group to be fully unmapped.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ offers better protection against data loss than traditional RAID and it performs much better.

Statement 2: To rebuild a RAID 2.0+ protected failed drive takes a lot of time as all drives are involved in the rebuild of the spare disk.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
Statement 1: a snapshot of a ThinLUN at creation does not occupy storage capacity. The snapshot of a ThickLUN at creation immediately occupies storage
capacity.

Statement 2: When a snapshot of a ThickLUN exists, there is always space available to store changes to the original data.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
What is the main purpose of hot swapping technology in disk enclosures?

A. To be able to swap out the disks when the temperature is too hot.
B. To swap out the hard disks after proper shutdown of storage system.
C. Maintain the temperature of the disks to prevent overheating.
D. To swap out the hard disks without turning off the storage system.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage systems over file servers? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. High data security
B. Diverse services and powerful functions
C. Large storage space
D. High stability and reliability

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
In order to make full use of storage resources, on which tier are SSDs usually configured in a tiered storage system?

A. Capacity tier
B. Performance tier
C. High-performance tier
D. Offline storage

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
A customer needs zoning configured in a Fibre Channel switch. The customer frequently changes the patch points in the infrastructure. What zoning method is
preferred then?

A. Port zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
B. Soft zoning because it is more flexible when it comes to changing patch points.
C. Zoning is not required in a FC SAN.
D. Port zoning and Soft zoning should always be used together.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
A device can have one WWPN but multiple WWNN's.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47
Select which of the following is not a property of Distributed Object Storage Architecture.

A. Centralized nodes.
B. Online expansion.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Global namespace.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
 H13-611

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min
File Version: 1

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Exam A

QUESTION 1
Which of the following is not the benefits of converged storage systems?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. The same device is able to provide both block storage and file storage.
B. Saving of rack space due to integration of equipment into one device.
C. Converged storage system has better data protection compared to other non-converged systems.
D. Unified management of storage resources.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following dimensions are often used to express the data used in Big Data scenarios? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Variety
B. Velocity
C. Verticality
D. Volume

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
The only cable type that can be used to connect disk enclosures is the mini SAS cable.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which of the following statements about mapping a snapshot is true?

A. Snapshots optionally can be mapped to multiple hosts.

B. All of the answers are true.
C. Snapshots can only be mapped to the same host the original LUN was mapped to.
D. Mapped snapshots are always Read-Only

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 6
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system when you use RAID 2.0+.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
What is the main difference between mechanical drives such as SAS with solid state drives (SSD)?

A. The lifespan of hard drive.

B. The presence of mechanical parts.
C. The capacity of hard drive.
D. The performance of the hard drive.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.
B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.
C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.
D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 9
Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.

Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Which statement is true?

A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.

B. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
C. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
D. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Statement 2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.

A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.

Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: ABD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.

Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 16
Match the RAID level with the characteristics. (1)RAID 0 (2)RAID 5 (3)RAID 10 (4)RAID 6 (a) Cost effective (b)Allows double disk failure (c)Highest performance (d)
No data protection.

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – b; 4 - c
B. 1 – a; 2 – d; 3 – b; 4 - c
C. 1 – a; 2 – b; 3 – c; 4 - d
D. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – c; 4 - b

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.
B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Data and Information are the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
What are components of an ICT infrastructure? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 21
Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves system reliability.

B. Reduces system performance.
C. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
D. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.
D. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
B. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
C. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths to the same LUN.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 26
What statement is true?

A. IT managers should determine the retention period for data.

B. Information Life Cycle management must be based on the costs for the storage hardware.
C. Storing a lot of random, unstructured data can become a management problem for many companies.
D. Technology is the main factor that decides which disaster recovery method will be implemented.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide even distribution of storage across all nodes.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after a disaster has occurred.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 29
Statement 1: Virtual Tape Libraries allow for a highly scalable backup strategy as storage can be added later.

Statement 2: Virtual Tape Libraries should be used when remote datacenters are NOT available.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
Statement 1: If possible it is always advised to make only Full Backups.

Statement 2: LAN free backups typically run slower than LAN based backups.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Statement 1: Every time a tape is used to restore data, some data will be lost.

Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. Statements 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
HyperReplication for HUAWEI OceanStor V3 can use FC links between the data centers. ISCSI links are not supported.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 33
Which is NOT the limitation of DAS, compared with SAN?

A. Large investment
B. Poor scalability
C. Difficult resource sharing
D. Decentralized management

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 34
Which statement is true about RAID 2.0+?

A. RAID 2.0+ has a higher RAID overhead than traditional RAID types.
B. Chunks belonging to a file will never be written on the same physical disk.
C. RAID 2.0+ allows for a complete enclosure to fail without causing data loss.
D. With RAID 2.0+ it is supported to select no hot spare disks.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36
Which of the following is correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SmartTier supports a High Performance, a Performance, a High Capacity and a Capacity Tier.
B. Only when a snapshot is activated will the system record all changes to the original LUN.
C. To write data to the secondary LUN of a clone pair, the pair must be split.
D. A snapshot needs to be removed from the LUN group to be fully unmapped.

Correct Answer: BCD

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 37
In a NAS environment entire files are sent across the Ethernet based network. The NAS server however stores these files in the form as SCSI blocks mostly on
multiple disks using RAID protection.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead.

Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39
Which of the following statements about RAID 5 are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. RAID 5 uses the XOR algorithm for parity.
B. RAID 5 tolerates the failure of a maximum of two member disks without losing data.
C. RAID 5 has fixed parity disks.
D. RAID 5 writes data by stripes.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40
Dual-switch networking is widely applied in Fibre Channel SANs. Which of the following are its characteristics? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Two Fibre Channel switches are deployed in a SAN for connecting to the two controllers of a storage device.
B. Per host two fibre channel ports should be available. The two Fibre Channel ports connect to two Fibre Channel switches.
C. As multiple paths exist, the dual switch networking mode supports link redundancy but does not support load balancing.
D. The ports on the two Fibre Channel switches connecting to the hosts and storage device must reside in the same zone.

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 41
In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?

A. Global Cache.
B. Global Concurrency.
C. Global Namespace.
D. Global Sharing.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
In order to make full use of storage resources, on which tier are SSDs usually configured in a tiered storage system?

A. Capacity tier
B. Performance tier
C. High-performance tier
D. Offline storage

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43
Which of the following statements about RAID 6 is incorrect?

A. RAID 6 requires at least three member disks.

B. Frequently used RAID 6 technologies include RAID 6 P+Q and RAID 6 DP.
C. RAID 6 requires two-level parity.
D. RAID 6 can recover data after two member disks fail.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44
What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head when the head is on the correct track?

A. Rotational latency
B. Seek time

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
C. Rotational speed
D. Throughput

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45
Select which of the following is not a property of Distributed Object Storage Architecture.

A. Centralized nodes.
B. Online expansion.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Global namespace.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
Select the correct statements that describe the properties of Distributed Storage Architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. The storage nodes are non centralized.

B. Non concurrent I/O access.
C. The storage nodes are centralized.
D. Concurrent I/O access.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 47
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications must be paused during the replication update process.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
Incremental backup requires the last full backup and each incremental backup to fully restore data. Data reconstruction is therefore slower compared with full
backups.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49
In a good Disaster Recovery Plan there are no single points of failure, not even with any single person.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50
Which of the following is an example of unstructured data? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SQL Databases
B. Images
C. Video
D. NoSQL Databases

Correct Answer: BC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
Storage array is a network device used to switching network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network
that is connected.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
Statement 1: NAS systems must be interconnected using fiber optic cables.
Statement 2: A network protocol is the way in which an operating system accesses a file that is on a network connected device.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 53
Connecting an OceanStor 5300 V3 to three disk enclosures requires ......... SAS cables.

A. 12
B. 3
C. 6
D. 9

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
Statement 1: An ICT infrastructure should be built with high end equipment and be located in one site.

Statement 2: A server is a rackmounted enterprise version of a desktop computer and typically has more than one hard disk installed.

A. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False.

B. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.
D. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Correct Answer: C
https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55
Which of the following is not a port type defined by Fibre Channel?

A. E-Port
B. F-Port
C. NL-Port
D. G-Port

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
The maintenance network port is used, by the DeviceManager, for daily management.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 57
Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software applications.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58
It is a device which manages the physical disk drives and presents them to the users as logical units. Which of the following device fits the above description?

A. Host.
B. Storage Controller.
C. Storage Cache.
D. Storage NIC.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59
Which of the following statements about the differences between DAS and SAN is incorrect?

A. SAN uses the Fibre Channel or iSCSI protocol and therefore offers better scalability.
B. DAS applies to small and medium LANs that have general storage capacity requirements and only a small number of servers.
C. DAS and SAN are both external storage and can achieve storage resource sharing easily.
D. SAN applies to mid-range and high-end storage application environments such as key databases, centralized storage, mass storage, backup, and disaster
recovery.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 60
Which of the following is the common physical size division of the surface of the hard disk? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Partition.
B. Sector.
C. Cylinder.
D. Track.

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 61
Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. BBU module
D. Fan module

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 62
Which of the following are existing Solid State Disk types? (Choose all that apply.)

A. TLC
B. SLC
C. DLC
D. eMLC

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: ABD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 63
Which of the following allows direct physical access to end users?

A. Network Switch.
B. Backup System.
C. Storage Array.
D. Clients.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 64
CIFS can be run on UDP as well as on TCP.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 65
Which of the following storage devices are non volatile? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Hard Disk

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
B. RAM
C. Magnetic Tape
D. DVD

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 66
Using RAID 2.0+ technology the rebuilding time, when a disk fails, is much shorter than with traditional RAID.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 67
Which of the following is NOT true for a tape library?

A. Backup software will allow multiple backup jobs to run simultaneously.

B. Can be a disk based Virtual tape library.
C. Should be in the same datacenter as the production data for easy restores.
D. Ideally allows remote connections using FC and/or iSCSI.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 68
Statement 1: Traditional PC’s are usually cheaper to maintain than a cloud desktop.

Statement 2: In a cloud system, data is centrally stored and managed.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 69
Which of the following statements about reconstruction is incorrect?

A. RAID 0, 1, 5, 6, and 10 support reconstruction

B. Reconstruction affects system performance
C. Reconstruction does not interrupt system services
D. Reconstruction requires hot spare disks

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 70
Data is the record that reflects the attributes of objective things and is the physical manifestation of information.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 71
ICT is a technological field that combines information technology and communication technology.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 72
The mount command is used in Linux-based clients to connect the client to the NFS share.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 73
Because they are cheap and still have a large capacity we can say that cMLC Solid State Disks are ideal for storing MP3 files and JPGs at home.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 74
A traditional RAID 10 set always has an even number of disks.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 75
Which of the following statements about the coffer disks of the HUAWEI V3 series storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Coffer disks store cache data to prevent data loss after a power failure.
B. Coffer disks cannot be used to save service data.
C. The first 2 disks in a controller enclosure are coffer disks.
D. BBUs supply power to cache and coffer disks in the event of unexpected power failure.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 76
The failure of an SSD is more predictable than that of other disk technologies.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 77
A company that primarily has static data (like map data or JPG files) does not profit much from the HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier functionality.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 78
SmartThin provided by HUAWEI OceanStor V3 storage systems is a technology that manages storage space by allocating storage resources on demand. Based
on virtualization, SmartThin reduces physical storage resources to be deployed, maximizing storage space use efficiency.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 79
You are tasked to setup a SAN storage system that has the following requirements: (1) To minimize the workload on server resources. (2) Optimize the capabilities
on storage system for deduplication. Select the following options that fits the scenario above. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Usage of TCP/IP offload engine technology to do processing on HBA cards on the server to minimize the usage of server resources.
B. Offload the storage processing tasks to the server to optimize the data deduplication.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
C. Adding hardware acceleration module to the storage system to optimize the performance of data deduplication.
D. Use NIC instead of HBA cards to minimize the host resource consumption during I/O operations.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 80
Which of the following statements are true for a NAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS and NFS are both commonly used protocols

B. NAS clients are connected to the NAS server using Ethernet switches
C. Cable length is around 10 m
D. Block size is configurable

Correct Answer: AB
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 81
It is an electronic device controlled by a motor that moves the hard drive head arm. Which of the following component fits the above description?

A. Motor
B. Actuator
C. Spindle
D. Platter

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
QUESTION 82
The storage controller can only provide processing and caching functions.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 83
A zone in a FC switch determines which ports of the FC switch can be connected together.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 84
Statement 1: The retention period determines how many times per day a backup must be made.

Statement 2: Incremental backups take a lot of time to complete.

A. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true
C. Statement 1 and 2 are false
D. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
885CB989129A5F974833949052CFB2F2
 RealVCE

http://www.realvce.com
Free VCE Exam Simulator, Real Exam Dumps File Download
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611

Title : HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building
the Structure of Storage
Network)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 1
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 You are the storage administrator of a media company that stores a lot of media files such as
videos. You are asked to propose a proper storage architecture for a new storage system that stores
all the video and graphic files of the company. The requirement is that it could run on commodity
hardware in a distributed manner for unstructured data. Choose which one of the following
architecture would be the better option.
A. Distributed Storage Architecture.
B. Clustered NAS Storage Architecture.
C. Block Storage Architecture.
D. Distributed Object Storage Architecture.
Answer: D

NO.2 Which of the following RAID levels has the lowest hard disk space utilization?
A. RAID 1
B. RAID 0
C. RAID 3
D. RAID 5
Answer: A

NO.3 In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev
directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?
A. cat /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
B. mount /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
C. In/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
Answer: B

NO.4 For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.5 Incremental backups must rely on the last full backup and the last incremental backup to
perform data recovery Complete recovery, data reconstruction during recovery is slower than full
backup, and recovery window is larger.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B

NO.6 Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of Ultra Path for different operating systems.
A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

2 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 2
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Answer: C

NO.7 The following are the characteristics of the clustered NAS storage architecture: (multiple
choice)
A. Unified namespace, shared globally
B. can provide block-level storage
C. Online expansion
D. High performance, multiple arrays concurrent I/O
Answer: A,C,D

NO.8 According to the changes in the amount of backup data, the types of backup can be divided
into:
A. full backup
B. Real-time backup
C. differential backup
D. incremental backup
Answer: A,C,D

NO.9 For a system with high business continuity to find that, the characteristics of RPO and RTO
values should be:
A. RPO and RTO are lower
B. RPO is higher, RTO is lower
C. RPO is lower, RTO is higher
D. RPO and RTO are higher
Answer: A

NO.10 In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be
consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?
A. Global Cache.
B. Global Sharing.
C. Global Concurrency.
D. Global Namespace.
Answer: D

NO.11 When does data become information?

A. AH of the above.
B. When the company understands the data and learns from it
C. When it has been stored in the right file format.
D. When it has been stored in a digital form.
Answer: B

NO.12 Regarding the benefits and necessity of enterprises doing disaster recovery system

3 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 3
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

construction, is the following statement wrong?

A. In areas where fewer natural disasters occur, consider reducing the disaster recovery level
B. Can avoid major losses and reduce corporate risks
C. Can simplify the operation and maintenance work, avoid the impact of emergencies
D. Comply with policies and regulations to meet industry regulatory requirements
Answer: A

NO.13 Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths
to the same LUN.
B. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
C. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
D. Maps a LUN to the host
Answer: A,B

NO.14 The QoS of the file system supports IO priority configuration and policy configuration.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.15 FCoE is a transmission protocol standard that encapsulates frames in FC in lossless Ethernet
and is used to form storage networks Network.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.16 In the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system, which protocol is used for the mirror channel
between the controllers?
A. iSCSI
B. IB
C. FCoE
D. PCI-E
Answer: D

NO.17 There are two descriptions about backups, the correct ones are:
Description 1: The disaster recovery solution does not need to consider whether it is backed up on
tape or hard disk.
Description 2: The backup plan should consider the worst case.
A. Descriptions 1 and 2 are wrong
B. Description 1 is right, description 2 is wrong
C, description 1 is wrong, description 2 is right
C. Descriptions 1 and 2 are both correct

4 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 4
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.18 What conditions should be considered for device backup bandwidth? (Multiple choice)
A. Backup cycle
B. The daily quantity increment
C. Backup staff
D. the size of the initial data
Answer: A,B,D

NO.19 When a company's customers need to complete data migration between devices, what
features can be used to complete? (Multiple choices)
A. Remote replication
B. clone
C. LUN copy
D. SmartMigration
Answer: A,B,C,D
Explanation
Analysis: SmartMigration (LUN migration): Ability to implement services on the source LUN without
interrupting host services Completely and transparently migrate to the target LUN, and use the target
LUN to completely replace the source LUN after the migration is completed.
Perception. HyperReplication (remote replication): provides users with flexible and powerful data
replication functions, through remote replication The system can realize remote backup and recovery
of data, continuous business data support, and disaster recovery of data. Includes sync remote
Replication and asynchronous remote replication. HyperClone (clone) can achieve LUN level without
interrupting host business The complete backup of data can be used in scenarios such as data backup
and recovery, application testing and data analysis. HyperCopy (LUN Copy) can copy the data in the
source LUN to the local target LUN or the target LUN on other storage Now data migration,
distribution and backup.

NO.20 Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage system over file servers? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Drivers service and powerful function
B. High stability and reliability
C. High data security
D. Large storage space
Answer: B,C,D

NO.21 Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup
strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.
A. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
B. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.
C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.
D. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,

5 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 5
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: D

NO.22 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs?

(Multiple Choice)
A. Larger capacity
B. Faster read/write speed for random access
C. Better environmental adaptability
D. Longer service life
Answer: B,C

NO.23 Multipathing software is only needed in SAN solutions with just a single switch.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.24 In the Huawei storage system, which of the following is true about the characteristics of
virtual snapshot LUNs?
A. data use mapping table lookup
B. The storage system can generate a snapshot in seconds
C. Complete data copying is unnecessary
D. The snapshot LUN cannot be mapped to the host
Answer: A,B,C

NO.25 In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications
must be pauzed during the replication update process.
A. TRUE
B. FALS
Answer: B

NO.26 In a SCSI connection, it is responsible to send SCSI commands to the target. Which of the
following fits the above description.
A. LUN.
B. Storage.
C. Target.
D. Initiator.
Answer: D

NO.27 In Huawei RAID 2.0+, is the description about chunck and extent correct?
A. chunck is the smallest unit for LUN to apply for space from the storage pool and free up space
B. The extent is the smallest unit for the storage pool to allocate resources from the hard disk
domain
C. chunck is the smallest unit of hot data statistics and migration (data migration granularity)
D. The extent size of different storage pools can be different, but the extent size in the same storage

6 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 6
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

pool is uniform
Answer: D
Explanation
Analysis: extent is a fixed-size logical storage space divided on the basis of CKG, the size is adjustable,
and it is a hot data system.
The smallest unit of accounting and migration (data migration granularity) is also the smallest unit of
applying space and releasing space in the storage pool. Do not The extent of the same storage pool
can be different, but the extent of the same storage pool is uniform.
CKG is a logical storage unit composed of CKs from different hard drives in the same DG according to
the RAID algorithm.
The smallest unit of resources allocated by the pool from the hard disk domain.

NO.28 Based on common ICT architecture, what effect does network latency have on the
performance of networks?
A. Low latency allows quicker data transmission in networks.
B. Low latency will cause network performance to drop.
C. Higher latency has better network performance.
D. Higher latency allows more data to be transmitted.
Answer: A

NO.29 Which of the following are the supported data storage architecture of modern storage array?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Block Storage.
B. File Storage,
C. Object Storage,
D. Fusion Storage.
Answer: A,B,C

NO.30 About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier.
Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: A

7 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 7
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
TroytecDumps

http://www.troytecdumps.com
The best real exam dumps & high-quality Troytec review files
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611-ENU

Title : HCIA-Storage (Huawei

Certified ICT Associate -
Storage)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Troytecdumps.com. 1
https://www.troytecdumps.com/H13-611-ENU-troytec-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 Huawei V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk enclosures.
Which of the following statements about controller enclosures is correct?
A. When the external power supply fails, BBU modules provide backup power for all disks.
B. If BBUs become faulty, the service system will be interrupted.
C. When the power input is normal, BBUs are in the standby state.
D. When the external power supply fails, BBUs can supply power to enable data synchronization
from the cache to disks in disk enclosures.
Answer: D

NO.2 What does the term RPO mean?

A. Recovery Point Objective
B. Restore Point Objective
C. Recover Plan Objective
D. Return Purchase Order
Answer: A

NO.3 Statement 1: NAS solutions are always file based.

Statement 2: NAS solutions are mostly limited in distance because Ethernet cables are used.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
Answer: B

NO.4 Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead
Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
Answer: A

NO.5 What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head
when the head is on the correct track?
A. Rotational latency
B. Throughput
C. Seek time
D. Rotational speed
Answer: A

NO.6 A SAN always uses the same technology to connect to the infrastructure as a NAS.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

2
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Troytecdumps.com. 2
https://www.troytecdumps.com/H13-611-ENU-troytec-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.7 Statement 1: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because it uses fiber optic cables that can be much
longer than Ethernet cables.
Statement 2: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because we do not need any Ethernet switches anymore.
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
Answer: B

NO.8 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Multiple Choice)
A. Longer service life
B. Better environmental adaptability
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Larger capacity
Answer: B,C

NO.9 Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods? (Multiple Choice)
A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Differential backup
D. Incremental backup
Answer: B,C,D

NO.10 Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup server
B. Backup media
C. Backup software
D. Backup policy
Answer: D

NO.11 What is Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)?

A. Decoupling of network functions from hardware.
B. Decoupling of services from software.
C. Decoupling of network functions from virtualization.
D. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
Answer: A

NO.12 Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage
systems are correct? (Multiple Choice)
A. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.

3
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Troytecdumps.com. 3
https://www.troytecdumps.com/H13-611-ENU-troytec-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

B. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
C. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage
system.
D. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
Answer: C,D

NO.13 A zone in a FC switch determines which ports of the FC switch can be connected together.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.14 The storage controller can only provide processing and caching functions.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A

NO.15 Select which of the following which is not a properties of Distributed Object Storage
Architecture.
A. Centralized nodes.
B. Global namespace.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Online expansion.
Answer: A

NO.16 Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. Fan module
D. BBU module
Answer: D

NO.17 Which of the following statements is true? (Multiple Choice)

A. the realized transfer speed of SSD is higher than that of SAS.
B. SSD are cheaper than HDD because they are physically much smaller.
C. only SLC SSD are used in Enterprise level systems.
D. A SAS disk generally has more IOPS than a SATA disk.
Answer: A,D

NO.18 Data is the record that reflects the attributes of objective things and is the physical
manifestation of information.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

4
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Troytecdumps.com. 4
https://www.troytecdumps.com/H13-611-ENU-troytec-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.19 A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.20 Select the statements that are correct about the functions of network devices. (Multiple
Choice)
A. Routers do not forward the broadcast frames in the network.
B. Hubs allow the separation of collision domains.
C. LAN switches place each port into a separate collision domain.
D. Routers do not separate the network into different broadcast domains.
Answer: A,C

5
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Troytecdumps.com. 5
https://www.troytecdumps.com/H13-611-ENU-troytec-exam-dumps.html
 RealVCE

http://www.realvce.com
Free VCE Exam Simulator, Real Exam Dumps File Download
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611

Title : HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building
the Structure of Storage
Network)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 1
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 You are the storage administrator of a media company that stores a lot of media files such as
videos. You are asked to propose a proper storage architecture for a new storage system that stores
all the video and graphic files of the company. The requirement is that it could run on commodity
hardware in a distributed manner for unstructured data. Choose which one of the following
architecture would be the better option.
A. Distributed Storage Architecture.
B. Clustered NAS Storage Architecture.
C. Block Storage Architecture.
D. Distributed Object Storage Architecture.
Answer: D

NO.2 Which of the following RAID levels has the lowest hard disk space utilization?
A. RAID 1
B. RAID 0
C. RAID 3
D. RAID 5
Answer: A

NO.3 In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev
directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?
A. cat /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
B. mount /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
C. In/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
Answer: B

NO.4 For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.5 Incremental backups must rely on the last full backup and the last incremental backup to
perform data recovery Complete recovery, data reconstruction during recovery is slower than full
backup, and recovery window is larger.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B

NO.6 Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of Ultra Path for different operating systems.
A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

2 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 2
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Answer: C

NO.7 The following are the characteristics of the clustered NAS storage architecture: (multiple
choice)
A. Unified namespace, shared globally
B. can provide block-level storage
C. Online expansion
D. High performance, multiple arrays concurrent I/O
Answer: A,C,D

NO.8 According to the changes in the amount of backup data, the types of backup can be divided
into:
A. full backup
B. Real-time backup
C. differential backup
D. incremental backup
Answer: A,C,D

NO.9 For a system with high business continuity to find that, the characteristics of RPO and RTO
values should be:
A. RPO and RTO are lower
B. RPO is higher, RTO is lower
C. RPO is lower, RTO is higher
D. RPO and RTO are higher
Answer: A

NO.10 In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be
consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?
A. Global Cache.
B. Global Sharing.
C. Global Concurrency.
D. Global Namespace.
Answer: D

NO.11 When does data become information?

A. AH of the above.
B. When the company understands the data and learns from it
C. When it has been stored in the right file format.
D. When it has been stored in a digital form.
Answer: B

NO.12 Regarding the benefits and necessity of enterprises doing disaster recovery system

3 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 3
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

construction, is the following statement wrong?

A. In areas where fewer natural disasters occur, consider reducing the disaster recovery level
B. Can avoid major losses and reduce corporate risks
C. Can simplify the operation and maintenance work, avoid the impact of emergencies
D. Comply with policies and regulations to meet industry regulatory requirements
Answer: A

NO.13 Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths
to the same LUN.
B. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
C. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
D. Maps a LUN to the host
Answer: A,B

NO.14 The QoS of the file system supports IO priority configuration and policy configuration.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.15 FCoE is a transmission protocol standard that encapsulates frames in FC in lossless Ethernet
and is used to form storage networks Network.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.16 In the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system, which protocol is used for the mirror channel
between the controllers?
A. iSCSI
B. IB
C. FCoE
D. PCI-E
Answer: D

NO.17 There are two descriptions about backups, the correct ones are:
Description 1: The disaster recovery solution does not need to consider whether it is backed up on
tape or hard disk.
Description 2: The backup plan should consider the worst case.
A. Descriptions 1 and 2 are wrong
B. Description 1 is right, description 2 is wrong
C, description 1 is wrong, description 2 is right
C. Descriptions 1 and 2 are both correct

4 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 4
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.18 What conditions should be considered for device backup bandwidth? (Multiple choice)
A. Backup cycle
B. The daily quantity increment
C. Backup staff
D. the size of the initial data
Answer: A,B,D

NO.19 When a company's customers need to complete data migration between devices, what
features can be used to complete? (Multiple choices)
A. Remote replication
B. clone
C. LUN copy
D. SmartMigration
Answer: A,B,C,D
Explanation
Analysis: SmartMigration (LUN migration): Ability to implement services on the source LUN without
interrupting host services Completely and transparently migrate to the target LUN, and use the target
LUN to completely replace the source LUN after the migration is completed.
Perception. HyperReplication (remote replication): provides users with flexible and powerful data
replication functions, through remote replication The system can realize remote backup and recovery
of data, continuous business data support, and disaster recovery of data. Includes sync remote
Replication and asynchronous remote replication. HyperClone (clone) can achieve LUN level without
interrupting host business The complete backup of data can be used in scenarios such as data backup
and recovery, application testing and data analysis. HyperCopy (LUN Copy) can copy the data in the
source LUN to the local target LUN or the target LUN on other storage Now data migration,
distribution and backup.

NO.20 Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage system over file servers? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Drivers service and powerful function
B. High stability and reliability
C. High data security
D. Large storage space
Answer: B,C,D

NO.21 Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup
strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.
A. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
B. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.
C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.
D. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,

5 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 5
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: D

NO.22 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs?

(Multiple Choice)
A. Larger capacity
B. Faster read/write speed for random access
C. Better environmental adaptability
D. Longer service life
Answer: B,C

NO.23 Multipathing software is only needed in SAN solutions with just a single switch.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.24 In the Huawei storage system, which of the following is true about the characteristics of
virtual snapshot LUNs?
A. data use mapping table lookup
B. The storage system can generate a snapshot in seconds
C. Complete data copying is unnecessary
D. The snapshot LUN cannot be mapped to the host
Answer: A,B,C

NO.25 In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications
must be pauzed during the replication update process.
A. TRUE
B. FALS
Answer: B

NO.26 In a SCSI connection, it is responsible to send SCSI commands to the target. Which of the
following fits the above description.
A. LUN.
B. Storage.
C. Target.
D. Initiator.
Answer: D

NO.27 In Huawei RAID 2.0+, is the description about chunck and extent correct?
A. chunck is the smallest unit for LUN to apply for space from the storage pool and free up space
B. The extent is the smallest unit for the storage pool to allocate resources from the hard disk
domain
C. chunck is the smallest unit of hot data statistics and migration (data migration granularity)
D. The extent size of different storage pools can be different, but the extent size in the same storage

6 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 6
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

pool is uniform
Answer: D
Explanation
Analysis: extent is a fixed-size logical storage space divided on the basis of CKG, the size is adjustable,
and it is a hot data system.
The smallest unit of accounting and migration (data migration granularity) is also the smallest unit of
applying space and releasing space in the storage pool. Do not The extent of the same storage pool
can be different, but the extent of the same storage pool is uniform.
CKG is a logical storage unit composed of CKs from different hard drives in the same DG according to
the RAID algorithm.
The smallest unit of resources allocated by the pool from the hard disk domain.

NO.28 Based on common ICT architecture, what effect does network latency have on the
performance of networks?
A. Low latency allows quicker data transmission in networks.
B. Low latency will cause network performance to drop.
C. Higher latency has better network performance.
D. Higher latency allows more data to be transmitted.
Answer: A

NO.29 Which of the following are the supported data storage architecture of modern storage array?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Block Storage.
B. File Storage,
C. Object Storage,
D. Fusion Storage.
Answer: A,B,C

NO.30 About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier.
Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: A

7 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 7
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 DumpKiller
Latest IT Exam Questions & Answers

http://www.dumpkiller.com
No help, Full refund!
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611-ENU

Title : HCIA-Storage (Huawei

Certified ICT Associate -
Storage)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Dumpkiller.com. 1
https://www.dumpkiller.com/H13-611-ENU_braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 Huawei V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk enclosures.
Which of the following statements about controller enclosures is correct?
A. When the external power supply fails, BBU modules provide backup power for all disks.
B. If BBUs become faulty, the service system will be interrupted.
C. When the power input is normal, BBUs are in the standby state.
D. When the external power supply fails, BBUs can supply power to enable data synchronization
from the cache to disks in disk enclosures.
Answer: D

NO.2 What does the term RPO mean?

A. Recovery Point Objective
B. Restore Point Objective
C. Recover Plan Objective
D. Return Purchase Order
Answer: A

NO.3 Statement 1: NAS solutions are always file based.

Statement 2: NAS solutions are mostly limited in distance because Ethernet cables are used.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
Answer: B

NO.4 Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead
Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
Answer: A

NO.5 What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head
when the head is on the correct track?
A. Rotational latency
B. Throughput
C. Seek time
D. Rotational speed
Answer: A

NO.6 A SAN always uses the same technology to connect to the infrastructure as a NAS.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

2
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Dumpkiller.com. 2
https://www.dumpkiller.com/H13-611-ENU_braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.7 Statement 1: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because it uses fiber optic cables that can be much
longer than Ethernet cables.
Statement 2: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because we do not need any Ethernet switches anymore.
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
Answer: B

NO.8 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Multiple Choice)
A. Longer service life
B. Better environmental adaptability
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Larger capacity
Answer: B,C

NO.9 Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods? (Multiple Choice)
A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Differential backup
D. Incremental backup
Answer: B,C,D

NO.10 Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup server
B. Backup media
C. Backup software
D. Backup policy
Answer: D

NO.11 What is Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)?

A. Decoupling of network functions from hardware.
B. Decoupling of services from software.
C. Decoupling of network functions from virtualization.
D. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
Answer: A

NO.12 Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage
systems are correct? (Multiple Choice)
A. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.

3
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Dumpkiller.com. 3
https://www.dumpkiller.com/H13-611-ENU_braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

B. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
C. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage
system.
D. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
Answer: C,D

NO.13 A zone in a FC switch determines which ports of the FC switch can be connected together.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.14 The storage controller can only provide processing and caching functions.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A

NO.15 Select which of the following which is not a properties of Distributed Object Storage
Architecture.
A. Centralized nodes.
B. Global namespace.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Online expansion.
Answer: A

NO.16 Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. Fan module
D. BBU module
Answer: D

NO.17 Which of the following statements is true? (Multiple Choice)

A. the realized transfer speed of SSD is higher than that of SAS.
B. SSD are cheaper than HDD because they are physically much smaller.
C. only SLC SSD are used in Enterprise level systems.
D. A SAS disk generally has more IOPS than a SATA disk.
Answer: A,D

NO.18 Data is the record that reflects the attributes of objective things and is the physical
manifestation of information.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

4
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Dumpkiller.com. 4
https://www.dumpkiller.com/H13-611-ENU_braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.19 A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.20 Select the statements that are correct about the functions of network devices. (Multiple
Choice)
A. Routers do not forward the broadcast frames in the network.
B. Hubs allow the separation of collision domains.
C. LAN switches place each port into a separate collision domain.
D. Routers do not separate the network into different broadcast domains.
Answer: A,C

5
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Dumpkiller.com. 5
https://www.dumpkiller.com/H13-611-ENU_braindumps.html
 Huawei
H13-611 Exam
Huawei HCIA-Storage V4.0 Exam

Questions & Answers

Demo
Questions & Answers PDF Page 2

Version: 10.1
Question: 1

Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.
Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: C

Question: 2

Match the correct functionalities together: (1) IaaS (2) Hybrid (3) SaaS (a) Combination of public and
private (b) Applications are hosted externally (c) Hardware is outsourced.

A. 1-a; 2-b; 3-c

B. 1-b; 2-c; 3-a
C. 1-c; 2-a; 3-b
D. 1-b; 2-a; 3-c

Answer: C

Question: 3

Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN?

(Multiple Choice)

A. Storage device
B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Fibre Channel HBA
D. Windows operating system

Answer: BD

Question: 4

Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software
Questions & Answers PDF Page 3

applications.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 5

Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: B

Question: 6

Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Disk-To-Tape
B. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape
C. Replication
D. Virtual Tape Library

Answer: C

Question: 7

Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup methods?
(Multiple Choice)

A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Incremental backup
D. Differential backup

Answer: BCD

Question: 8

The recovery point objective (RPO) is used to identify how much time lies between two backups.
Questions & Answers PDF Page 4

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 9

Select the correct statements that describes Mean Time Between Failure(MTBF).
(Multiple Choice)

A. MTBF can accurately pinpoint the time of failures of the hard disks.
B. The higher the MTBF, the hard disk will have shorter lifespan expectancy,
C. MTBF is used to measure the reliability of hard disks.
D. MTBF is the predicted elapsed time between inherent failures of hard disks.

Answer: CD

Question: 10

It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its
rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the
platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Platter Area.
C. Bad Sector.
D. Head Crash.

Answer: D

Question: 11

Statement 1: An ICT infrastructure should be built with high end equipment and be located in one site.
Statement 2: A server is a rackmounted enterprise version of a desktop computer and typically has more
than one hard disk installed.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False.
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Stament 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: C

Question: 12
Questions & Answers PDF Page 5

Connecting an OceanStor 5300 V3 to three disk enclosures requires.......... SAS cables.

A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 12
F

Answer: B

Question: 13

Which of the following statements about LAN-based backup is incorrect?

A. Instruction flows are transmitted over the LAN whereas data flows are not.
B. The backup agent affects the performance of application servers.
C. Backup data is based on LANs, affecting network performance.
D. Backup jobs must be separately maintained, complicating management and maintenance.

Answer: A

Question: 14

Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: B

Question: 15

Clustered NAS can provide concurrent multi-node access of data to hosts.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 16

Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology?

(Multiple Choice)
Questions & Answers PDF Page 6

A. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the
suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
B. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.
C. Improves system reliability.
D. Reduces system performance.

Answer: ABC

Question: 17

Many companies gather so much data that they cannot extract the right information from the data,

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 18

Using SmartThin gives extra responsibility for the SAN administrator because there is a risk of over-
provisioning storage capacity.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 19

It is the interconnection via the Internet of computing devices embedded in everyday objects, which
enables them to send and receive dat
a. Which of the following fits the statement above?
A. Cloud.
B. Big Data.
C. Social Media.
D. Internet Of Things.

Answer: D

Question: 20

Statement 1: Everytime a tape is used to restore data/ some data will be lost.
Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true

Questions & Answers PDF Page 7

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: A

Question: 21

Which of the following are existing Solid State Disk types?

(Multiple Choice)

A. DLC
B. eMLC
C. TLC
D. SLC

Answer: BCD

Question: 22

A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either full
backup or incremental backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A
 Prep4King

http://www.prep4king.com/
aims to give you good guidance during the preparation for easy pass.
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611-ENU

Title : HCIA-Storage (Huawei

Certified ICT Associate -
Storage)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Prep4king.com. 1
https://www.prep4king.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-prep-material.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 Huawei V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk enclosures.
Which of the following statements about controller enclosures is correct?
A. When the external power supply fails, BBU modules provide backup power for all disks.
B. If BBUs become faulty, the service system will be interrupted.
C. When the power input is normal, BBUs are in the standby state.
D. When the external power supply fails, BBUs can supply power to enable data synchronization
from the cache to disks in disk enclosures.
Answer: D

NO.2 What does the term RPO mean?

A. Recovery Point Objective
B. Restore Point Objective
C. Recover Plan Objective
D. Return Purchase Order
Answer: A

NO.3 Statement 1: NAS solutions are always file based.

Statement 2: NAS solutions are mostly limited in distance because Ethernet cables are used.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
Answer: B

NO.4 Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead
Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
Answer: A

NO.5 What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head
when the head is on the correct track?
A. Rotational latency
B. Throughput
C. Seek time
D. Rotational speed
Answer: A

NO.6 A SAN always uses the same technology to connect to the infrastructure as a NAS.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

2
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Prep4king.com. 2
https://www.prep4king.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-prep-material.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.7 Statement 1: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because it uses fiber optic cables that can be much
longer than Ethernet cables.
Statement 2: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because we do not need any Ethernet switches anymore.
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
Answer: B

NO.8 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Multiple Choice)
A. Longer service life
B. Better environmental adaptability
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Larger capacity
Answer: B,C

NO.9 Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods? (Multiple Choice)
A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Differential backup
D. Incremental backup
Answer: B,C,D

NO.10 Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup server
B. Backup media
C. Backup software
D. Backup policy
Answer: D

NO.11 What is Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)?

A. Decoupling of network functions from hardware.
B. Decoupling of services from software.
C. Decoupling of network functions from virtualization.
D. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
Answer: A

NO.12 Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage
systems are correct? (Multiple Choice)
A. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.

3
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Prep4king.com. 3
https://www.prep4king.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-prep-material.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

B. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
C. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage
system.
D. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
Answer: C,D

NO.13 A zone in a FC switch determines which ports of the FC switch can be connected together.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.14 The storage controller can only provide processing and caching functions.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A

NO.15 Select which of the following which is not a properties of Distributed Object Storage
Architecture.
A. Centralized nodes.
B. Global namespace.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Online expansion.
Answer: A

NO.16 Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. Fan module
D. BBU module
Answer: D

NO.17 Which of the following statements is true? (Multiple Choice)

A. the realized transfer speed of SSD is higher than that of SAS.
B. SSD are cheaper than HDD because they are physically much smaller.
C. only SLC SSD are used in Enterprise level systems.
D. A SAS disk generally has more IOPS than a SATA disk.
Answer: A,D

NO.18 Data is the record that reflects the attributes of objective things and is the physical
manifestation of information.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

4
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Prep4king.com. 4
https://www.prep4king.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-prep-material.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.19 A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.20 Select the statements that are correct about the functions of network devices. (Multiple
Choice)
A. Routers do not forward the broadcast frames in the network.
B. Hubs allow the separation of collision domains.
C. LAN switches place each port into a separate collision domain.
D. Routers do not separate the network into different broadcast domains.
Answer: A,C

5
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Prep4king.com. 5
https://www.prep4king.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-prep-material.html
 Huawei
H13-611 Exam
Huawei HCIA-Storage V4.0 Exam

Questions & Answers

Demo
Questions & Answers PDF Page 2

Version: 10.1
Question: 1

Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.
Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: C

Question: 2

Match the correct functionalities together: (1) IaaS (2) Hybrid (3) SaaS (a) Combination of public and
private (b) Applications are hosted externally (c) Hardware is outsourced.

A. 1-a; 2-b; 3-c

B. 1-b; 2-c; 3-a
C. 1-c; 2-a; 3-b
D. 1-b; 2-a; 3-c

Answer: C

Question: 3

Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN?

(Multiple Choice)

A. Storage device
B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Fibre Channel HBA
D. Windows operating system

Answer: BD

Question: 4

Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software
Questions & Answers PDF Page 3

applications.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 5

Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: B

Question: 6

Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Disk-To-Tape
B. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape
C. Replication
D. Virtual Tape Library

Answer: C

Question: 7

Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup methods?
(Multiple Choice)

A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Incremental backup
D. Differential backup

Answer: BCD

Question: 8

The recovery point objective (RPO) is used to identify how much time lies between two backups.
Questions & Answers PDF Page 4

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 9

Select the correct statements that describes Mean Time Between Failure(MTBF).
(Multiple Choice)

A. MTBF can accurately pinpoint the time of failures of the hard disks.
B. The higher the MTBF, the hard disk will have shorter lifespan expectancy,
C. MTBF is used to measure the reliability of hard disks.
D. MTBF is the predicted elapsed time between inherent failures of hard disks.

Answer: CD

Question: 10

It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its
rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the
platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Platter Area.
C. Bad Sector.
D. Head Crash.

Answer: D

Question: 11

Statement 1: An ICT infrastructure should be built with high end equipment and be located in one site.
Statement 2: A server is a rackmounted enterprise version of a desktop computer and typically has more
than one hard disk installed.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False.
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Stament 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: C

Question: 12
Questions & Answers PDF Page 5

Connecting an OceanStor 5300 V3 to three disk enclosures requires.......... SAS cables.

A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 12
F

Answer: B

Question: 13

Which of the following statements about LAN-based backup is incorrect?

A. Instruction flows are transmitted over the LAN whereas data flows are not.
B. The backup agent affects the performance of application servers.
C. Backup data is based on LANs, affecting network performance.
D. Backup jobs must be separately maintained, complicating management and maintenance.

Answer: A

Question: 14

Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: B

Question: 15

Clustered NAS can provide concurrent multi-node access of data to hosts.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 16

Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology?

(Multiple Choice)
Questions & Answers PDF Page 6

A. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the
suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
B. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.
C. Improves system reliability.
D. Reduces system performance.

Answer: ABC

Question: 17

Many companies gather so much data that they cannot extract the right information from the data,

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 18

Using SmartThin gives extra responsibility for the SAN administrator because there is a risk of over-
provisioning storage capacity.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 19

It is the interconnection via the Internet of computing devices embedded in everyday objects, which
enables them to send and receive dat
a. Which of the following fits the statement above?
A. Cloud.
B. Big Data.
C. Social Media.
D. Internet Of Things.

Answer: D

Question: 20

Statement 1: Everytime a tape is used to restore data/ some data will be lost.
Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true

Questions & Answers PDF Page 7

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: A

Question: 21

Which of the following are existing Solid State Disk types?

(Multiple Choice)

A. DLC
B. eMLC
C. TLC
D. SLC

Answer: BCD

Question: 22

A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either full
backup or incremental backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A
ITDUMPS
QUESTION & ANSWER
Accurate study guides, High passing rate!
IT dumps provides update free of charge
in one year!

HTTP://WWW.ITDUMPS.COM
 The safer , easier way to help you pass any IT exams. 

Exam : H13-611

Title : HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Buildi
ng the Structure of Storage
Network)

Version : DEMO

1/2
 The safer , easier way to help you pass any IT exams. 

1.硬盘预拷贝技术的主要特点是: (选择 3 个答案)

A. 硬盘错误统计超过设定阈值后，立即将数据从疑似故障盘中迁移到热备盘
B. 降低重构事件发生的概率
C. 提高系统的可靠性
D. 会导致系统性能的降低
Answer: ABC

2.以下有关 RAID0 的描述中，错误的是:

A. RAID0 是无差错控制的条带化阵列
B. RAID0 的容量是各成员盘的容量之和
C. RAID0 至少要使用 3 块成员盘
D. RAID0 的数据是并行的写入到每个成员盘中
Answer: C

3.文件存储是在块存储之上构建文件系统，采用目录-目录-文件的方式组织数据，不容易管理。
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

4.以下关于 DAS 和 SAN 闪的区别，描述不正确的是:

A. SAN 使用 FC 或者 iSCSI 协议，具有更好的可扩展性
B. OAS 和 SAN 均为外置存储，都非常易于实现存储资源共享
C. OAS 主要应用于对存储容量要求不高、服务器数量很少的中小型局域网
D. SAN 主要应用于关键数据库、集中存储、海量存储、备份、容灾等中高端存储应用环境
Answer: B

5.以下文件系统中，属于 Windows，文件系统的有: (选择 3 个答案)

A. FAT16
B. FAT32
C. NTFS
D. NPS
Answer: ABC

2/2
 Pass4sureQuiz

http://www.pass4surequiz.com/
The best Pass-Sure Quiz materials help you pass exam fast and easily.
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611-ENU

Title : HCIA-Storage (Huawei

Certified ICT Associate -
Storage)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Pass4surequiz.com. 1
https://www.pass4surequiz.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-quiz.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 Huawei V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk enclosures.
Which of the following statements about controller enclosures is correct?
A. When the external power supply fails, BBU modules provide backup power for all disks.
B. If BBUs become faulty, the service system will be interrupted.
C. When the power input is normal, BBUs are in the standby state.
D. When the external power supply fails, BBUs can supply power to enable data synchronization
from the cache to disks in disk enclosures.
Answer: D

NO.2 What does the term RPO mean?

A. Recovery Point Objective
B. Restore Point Objective
C. Recover Plan Objective
D. Return Purchase Order
Answer: A

NO.3 Statement 1: NAS solutions are always file based.

Statement 2: NAS solutions are mostly limited in distance because Ethernet cables are used.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
Answer: B

NO.4 Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead
Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
Answer: A

NO.5 What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head
when the head is on the correct track?
A. Rotational latency
B. Throughput
C. Seek time
D. Rotational speed
Answer: A

NO.6 A SAN always uses the same technology to connect to the infrastructure as a NAS.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

2
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Pass4surequiz.com. 2
https://www.pass4surequiz.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-quiz.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.7 Statement 1: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because it uses fiber optic cables that can be much
longer than Ethernet cables.
Statement 2: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because we do not need any Ethernet switches anymore.
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
Answer: B

NO.8 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Multiple Choice)
A. Longer service life
B. Better environmental adaptability
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Larger capacity
Answer: B,C

NO.9 Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods? (Multiple Choice)
A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Differential backup
D. Incremental backup
Answer: B,C,D

NO.10 Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup server
B. Backup media
C. Backup software
D. Backup policy
Answer: D

NO.11 What is Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)?

A. Decoupling of network functions from hardware.
B. Decoupling of services from software.
C. Decoupling of network functions from virtualization.
D. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
Answer: A

NO.12 Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage
systems are correct? (Multiple Choice)
A. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.

3
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Pass4surequiz.com. 3
https://www.pass4surequiz.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-quiz.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

B. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
C. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage
system.
D. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
Answer: C,D

NO.13 A zone in a FC switch determines which ports of the FC switch can be connected together.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.14 The storage controller can only provide processing and caching functions.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A

NO.15 Select which of the following which is not a properties of Distributed Object Storage
Architecture.
A. Centralized nodes.
B. Global namespace.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Online expansion.
Answer: A

NO.16 Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. Fan module
D. BBU module
Answer: D

NO.17 Which of the following statements is true? (Multiple Choice)

A. the realized transfer speed of SSD is higher than that of SAS.
B. SSD are cheaper than HDD because they are physically much smaller.
C. only SLC SSD are used in Enterprise level systems.
D. A SAS disk generally has more IOPS than a SATA disk.
Answer: A,D

NO.18 Data is the record that reflects the attributes of objective things and is the physical
manifestation of information.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

4
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Pass4surequiz.com. 4
https://www.pass4surequiz.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-quiz.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.19 A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.20 Select the statements that are correct about the functions of network devices. (Multiple
Choice)
A. Routers do not forward the broadcast frames in the network.
B. Hubs allow the separation of collision domains.
C. LAN switches place each port into a separate collision domain.
D. Routers do not separate the network into different broadcast domains.
Answer: A,C

5
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Pass4surequiz.com. 5
https://www.pass4surequiz.com/H13-611-ENU-exam-quiz.html
 https://www.certbus.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest certbus H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

H13-611Q&As
HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage Network)

Pass Huawei H13-611 Exam with 100% Guarantee

Free Download Real Questions & Answers PDF and VCE file from:

https://www.certbus.com/h13-611.html

100% Passing Guarantee

100% Money Back Assurance

Following Questions and Answers are all new published by Huawei

Official Exam Center

H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide 1/6
 https://www.certbus.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest certbus H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 1

Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.

Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible scenario.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 2

Which of the following is an example of unstructured data? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SQL Databases

B. Images

C. Video

D. NoSQL Databases

Correct Answer: BC

QUESTION 3

The failure of an SSD is more predictable than that of other disk technologies.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 4

Which of the following are correct steps in a LAN based backup job? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Agent on application server sends data to the backup device.

B. Backup server sends a "start-backup" command to the backup device.

C. Agent on application server sends data to backup media server.

H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide 2/6
 https://www.certbus.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest certbus H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

D. Backup media server sends data to the backup device.

Correct Answer: AC

QUESTION 5

What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.

C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.

D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 6

About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier. Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers
can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

C. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 7

Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead.

Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: D

H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide 3/6
 https://www.certbus.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest certbus H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 8

SAS uses a point-to-point connection design to enable a dedicated link to be established between two devices in the
communication.

A. TRUE

B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 9

Statement 1: An ICT infrastructure should be built with high end equipment and be located in one site.

Statement 2: A server is a rackmounted enterprise version of a desktop computer and typically has more than one hard
disk installed.

A. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False.

B. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.

C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

D. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 10

What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.

C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.

D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 11

In order to make full use of storage resources, on which tier are SSDs usually configured in a tiered storage system?

A. Capacity tier

B. Performance tier

H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide 4/6
 https://www.certbus.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest certbus H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

C. High-performance tier D. Offline storage

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 12

You are tasked with designing a block and file storage system that has high performance in data transmission over
Ethernet network to clients with mixed operating system of Windows and Linux within the local office. Select the proper
components and ICT architecture that will fit the above requirements. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Implement a NAS storage with the CIFS file system.

B. Implement an IP SAN network with Ethernet switches.

C. Implement a FC SAN with FC switches and SFP.

D. Implement a NAS storage with the NFS file system.

Correct Answer: BC

H13-611 VCE Dumps H13-611 Practice Test H13-611 Study Guide

H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide 5/6
 https://www.certbus.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest certbus H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

To Read the Whole Q&As, please purchase the Complete Version from Our website.

Try our product !

100% Guaranteed Success

100% Money Back Guarantee
365 Days Free Update
Instant Download After Purchase
24x7 Customer Support
Average 99.9% Success Rate
More than 800,000 Satisfied Customers Worldwide
Multi-Platform capabilities - Windows, Mac, Android, iPhone, iPod, iPad, Kindle

We provide exam PDF and VCE of Cisco, Microsoft, IBM, CompTIA, Oracle and other IT Certifications.
You can view Vendor list of All Certification Exams offered:

https://www.certbus.com/allproducts

Need Help
Please provide as much detail as possible so we can best assist you.
To update a previously submitted ticket:

Any charges made through this site will appear as Global Simulators Limited.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright © certbus, All Rights Reserved.

H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide 6/6

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

TestPDF 認證大師
台灣、香港服務站 | 認證考試題庫

http://www.testpdf.net
為期一年的免費更新服務
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611-ENU

Title : HCIA-Storage (Huawei

Certified ICT Associate -
Storage)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testpdf.net. 1
https://www.testpdf.net/H13-611-ENU.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 Huawei V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk enclosures.
Which of the following statements about controller enclosures is correct?
A. When the external power supply fails, BBU modules provide backup power for all disks.
B. If BBUs become faulty, the service system will be interrupted.
C. When the power input is normal, BBUs are in the standby state.
D. When the external power supply fails, BBUs can supply power to enable data synchronization
from the cache to disks in disk enclosures.
Answer: D

NO.2 What does the term RPO mean?

A. Recovery Point Objective
B. Restore Point Objective
C. Recover Plan Objective
D. Return Purchase Order
Answer: A

NO.3 Statement 1: NAS solutions are always file based.

Statement 2: NAS solutions are mostly limited in distance because Ethernet cables are used.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
Answer: B

NO.4 Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead
Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
Answer: A

NO.5 What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head
when the head is on the correct track?
A. Rotational latency
B. Throughput
C. Seek time
D. Rotational speed
Answer: A

NO.6 A SAN always uses the same technology to connect to the infrastructure as a NAS.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

2
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testpdf.net. 2
https://www.testpdf.net/H13-611-ENU.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.7 Statement 1: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because it uses fiber optic cables that can be much
longer than Ethernet cables.
Statement 2: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because we do not need any Ethernet switches anymore.
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
Answer: B

NO.8 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Multiple Choice)
A. Longer service life
B. Better environmental adaptability
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Larger capacity
Answer: B,C

NO.9 Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods? (Multiple Choice)
A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Differential backup
D. Incremental backup
Answer: B,C,D

NO.10 Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup server
B. Backup media
C. Backup software
D. Backup policy
Answer: D

NO.11 What is Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)?

A. Decoupling of network functions from hardware.
B. Decoupling of services from software.
C. Decoupling of network functions from virtualization.
D. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
Answer: A

NO.12 Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage
systems are correct? (Multiple Choice)
A. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.

3
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testpdf.net. 3
https://www.testpdf.net/H13-611-ENU.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

B. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
C. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage
system.
D. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
Answer: C,D

NO.13 A zone in a FC switch determines which ports of the FC switch can be connected together.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.14 The storage controller can only provide processing and caching functions.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A

NO.15 Select which of the following which is not a properties of Distributed Object Storage
Architecture.
A. Centralized nodes.
B. Global namespace.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Online expansion.
Answer: A

NO.16 Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. Fan module
D. BBU module
Answer: D

NO.17 Which of the following statements is true? (Multiple Choice)

A. the realized transfer speed of SSD is higher than that of SAS.
B. SSD are cheaper than HDD because they are physically much smaller.
C. only SLC SSD are used in Enterprise level systems.
D. A SAS disk generally has more IOPS than a SATA disk.
Answer: A,D

NO.18 Data is the record that reflects the attributes of objective things and is the physical
manifestation of information.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

4
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testpdf.net. 4
https://www.testpdf.net/H13-611-ENU.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.19 A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.20 Select the statements that are correct about the functions of network devices. (Multiple
Choice)
A. Routers do not forward the broadcast frames in the network.
B. Hubs allow the separation of collision domains.
C. LAN switches place each port into a separate collision domain.
D. Routers do not separate the network into different broadcast domains.
Answer: A,C

5
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testpdf.net. 5
https://www.testpdf.net/H13-611-ENU.html
2018 Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611(H13-611-ENU) Real Exam Questions

2018 Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611(H13-611-ENU) Real Exam Questions

1/3
2/3
 Testpassport Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611 real questions are your big ... ExamGood Huawei HCNA-Cloud .... The
Testpassport Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611(H13-611-ENU) real exam questions is so successful training materials. It is most
suitable for .... You are here :Home > Huawei > HCNA-Storage > H13-611-ENU. Exam Number/Code: H13-611-ENU. Exam
Name: HCIA-Storage(Huawei Certified ICT Associate -Storage) Questions and Answers: 242 Q&As. Price:$219.00 $189.00..
Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611(H13-611-ENU) Real Q&As are ... Exam Name: HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure
of Storage Network) Q & A: 242 Q&As ... Share some H13-611-ENU questions and answers below.. Huawei - H13-611
–Newest Answers Real Questions, Huawei H13-611 ... of the certification exam easy, Huawei H13-611 Answers Real Questions
With the ... right kind is the best way of C_CDCDEV2018 Reliable Real Exam disarming suspicion, ... Real Questions: HCNA-
Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage .... Please Note: HCNA-Storage V4.0 exam (H13-611-ENU) is available at
Prometric test center on May 15, 2018. If you need to take .... Exam Code: H13-611-ENU Exam Name: HCNA-Storage-
BSSN(Building the. ... 2018 Testpassport HCNA-Storage H13-611-ENU Real Questions.pdf ... drive, Computer data storage,
Floppy disk, Huawei, H13-611, H13-611-ENU Questions.. Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611-ENU demo questions. August 10
2018 … ... questions material have a lot of similarities with the real exam practice questions.. May 31, 2018 ... The
H13-611-ENU HCNA-Storage-BSSN exam which is hot recently and the English version is just ... (Huawei Certified Network
Associate -Storage) exam you should get some H13-611-ENU real exam questions to test.. Now, you need to prepare for
H13-611HCNA-Storage(Huawei Certified Network ... [July-10-2018] New HCNA-Storage 4.0 H13-611 Training Materials ...
V4.0 H13-611-ENU exam will be available at Prometric test center on May 15, 2018. ... Huawei HCIA-Big Data H13-711 Real
Exam Questions & Answers August 15,2019.. Please Note: HCNA-Storage V4.0 exam (H13-611-ENU) is available at ... Exam
and then practice with Huawei H13-611 real questions and .... Pass H13-611-ENU exam with latest CertQueen HCIA-
Storage(Huawei Certified ICT Associate -Storage) questions and answers. ... Why Choose CertQueen Huawei HCNA-Storage
H13-611-ENU dumps? 1. ... Passed with 950 | Valid H13-611(H13-611-ENU) Exam Dumps with 242 Q&As August 04,2018:
What is the .... Edina 06-27-2018 ... 1) HCNA-Storage H13-611 exam is an inspection and certification of the basic ... exam
will prove that you have the ability to use Huawei storage devices to build SAN ... 2) Passquestion HCNA H13-611 questions
and answers was jointly ... Coating Inspector Level 1 NACE-CIP1-001 real questions.100q.. Latest H13-611 Real Exam
Questions, Huawei H13-611 Practice Test, ... is to get a H13-611 New Real Exam - HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the
Structure of ... Menu. Home; All Vendors; All Exams; Guarantee; FAQs; Testimonials; Contact Us ... for I know how to revenge
CTFL_Syll2018 Complete Exam Dumps myself.. Our Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611-ENU real exam questions can
guarantee you success in the first attempt. If you fail HCIA-Storage(Huawei Certified ICT Associate -Storage) H13-611-ENU
exam with our product, you can get full payment fee refund with the screenshot of your failed score report in THREE months..
2018 New H13-611-ENU HCNA-Storage 4.0 Free Online Test ... real H13-611 practice questions to help you prepare for
H13-611-ENU HCNA-Storage(Huawei ... exam questions and answers to let you feel you the real H13-611-ENU exam.. Where
could get H13-611-ENU HCNA-Storage-BSSN exam questions for FREE? ... version of H13-611. However,if you plan to take
H13-611-ENU HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate -Storage) exam you should get some H13-611-ENU real
exam questions to test. ... ISTQB (1). Foundation Level 2018 (1).. Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611-ENU. Product Image ...
Drag and Drop questions as experienced in the Real HCNA-Storage exam. H13-611-ENU exam .... In order to pass the Huawei
H13-611-ENU exam, selecting the appropriate training tools is ... 2018 Huawei HCNA-Storage H13-611(H13-611-ENU)
practice questions ... Their research materials are very similar with the real exam questions.. The H13-611-ENU HCNA-Storage-
BSSN exam is could be registered in the ... the Structure of Storage Network) dumps questions material are released for ...
595d6f0a6c

Gâteau invisible aux courgettes et fromage

RFactor Game Mods Trackslkjhl
Sioux City Bridge Co V. Miller U.S. Supreme Court Transcript of Record with Supporting Pleadings
asa akira porn pictures
Garcon Indien Garcon Video Sexe
Free downloaded e-books Deadly Little Scandals
revlon lipglide nude slip
family nudist free picture
Download Keygen Xforce For MotionBuilder 2008 Portable
FULL Revit LT 2014 Keygen

3/3

2018 Huawei HCNAStorage H13611H13611ENU Real Exam Questions

 H13-611.32q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min

H13-611

https://www.gratisexam.com/

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Exam A

QUESTION 1
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2
Which of the following best describes SDN?

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3
Storage Pools cannot be created with a single tier of disks.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system when you use RAID 2.0+.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 5
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk
in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6
Which of the following criteria fits the definition of the Cloud? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. On Demand Self Service
B. Ubiquitous Access
C. Shared Pool Of Configurable Resources
D. Massively Parallel Processing

Correct Answer: ABCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7
What is the main difference between mechanical drives such as SAS with solid state drives (SSD)?

A. The lifespan of hard drive.

B. The presence of mechanical parts.
C. The capacity of hard drive.
D. The performance of the hard drive.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8
If no data migration plan is set, with SmartTier enabled, there will be no data movement at all between tiers.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 9
Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety of data types in a short period of time from a collection of vast
amounts of data?

A. Cloud
B. Internet Of Things
C. Social Media
D. Big Data

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10
Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.
B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.
C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.
D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.
Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/
QUESTION 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

https://www.gratisexam.com/

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15
SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers through network.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which licensed feature is best described as: periodically detects hotspot data and promotes them from low-speed storage media to high-
speed media.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
A. SmartMigration
B. SmartTier
C. SmartMove
D. SmartMotion

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
In an ICT infrastructure the servers can run different operating systems like Windows, Linux, AIX.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.
Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19
Match the RAID level with the characteristics. (1)RAID 0 (2)RAID 5 (3)RAID 10 (4)RAID 6 (a) Cost effective (b)Allows double disk failure (c)Highest performance (d)
No data protection.

A. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – b; 4 - c
B. 1 – a; 2 – d; 3 – b; 4 - c
C. 1 – a; 2 – b; 3 – c; 4 - d
D. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – c; 4 - b

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 21
Select the correct statements that describes the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture. (Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
What is the purpose of context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

QUESTION 23
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24
Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 25
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points.
Statement 2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26

https://www.gratisexam.com/
What statement about the SATA and SAS technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
B. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
C. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths to the same LUN.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group.
Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 29
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide even distribution of storage across all nodes.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is traditional Tape backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.
Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible scenario.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

https://www.gratisexam.com/
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after a disaster has occurred.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

https://www.gratisexam.com/

https://www.gratisexam.com/
Vendor: Huawei

Exam Code: H13-611

Exam Name: HCIA-Storage V4.0

Version: DEMO
 ★ Instant Download ★ PDF And VCE ★ 100% Passing Guarantee ★ 100% Money Back Guarantee

QUESTION 1
Which of the following is NOT the characteristics of the active-active mode of a storage
controller?

A. The primary controller processes the I/O requests from application servers and the secondary
controller is in the idle state.
B. The active-active mode achieves load balancing, full utilization of resources, and system
performance improvement.
C. Two controllers process the I/O requests from application servers concurrently.
D. If a controller becomes faulty, the other takes over the work of the faulty controller without
disrupting ongoing services.

Answer: A

QUESTION 2
Which is the correct formation order of the following elements in RAID 2.0+?

A. LD -> CKG -> CK -> Extent -> LUN

B. LD -> Extent -> CKG -> CK -> LUN
C. LD -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LUN
D. LUN -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LD

Answer: D

QUESTION 3
Which is NOT the limitation of DAS, compared with SAN?

A. Large investment
B. Poor scalability
C. Difficult resource sharing
D. Decentralized management

Answer: A

QUESTION 4
Which statement is true about RAID 2.0+?

A. RAID 2.0+ has a higher RAID overhead than traditional RAID types.
B. Chunks belonging to a file will never be written on the same physical disk.
C. RAID 2.0+ allows for a complete enclosure to fail without causing data loss.
D. With RAID 2.0+ it is supported to select no hot spare disks.

Answer: D

QUESTION 5
It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact
with its rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually irreparable damage to the magnetic
media on the platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

Get Latest & Actual H13-611 Exam's Question and Answers from Lead2pass. 2
http://www.lead2pass.com
 ★ Instant Download ★ PDF And VCE ★ 100% Passing Guarantee ★ 100% Money Back Guarantee

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Sector.
C. Bad Platter Area.
D. Head Crash.

Answer: D

QUESTION 6
Which are characteristics of the HUAWEI OceanStor V3 hardware? (Choose all that apply.)

A. SAN and NAS convergence

B. SSD and HDD convergence
C. No need for heterogeneous convergence anymore
D. Primary and Backup convergence

Answer: ACD

QUESTION 7
Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered
from a fault while CIFS cannot.
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission
reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.

Answer: AB

QUESTION 8
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

B. Storage device
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. Fibre Channel HBA

Answer: AC

QUESTION 9
Storage controllers can be separated from the chassis of disk enclosures. It does not need to be
integrated in design with the disk enclosures.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Get Latest & Actual H13-611 Exam's Question and Answers from Lead2pass. 3
http://www.lead2pass.com
 ★ Instant Download ★ PDF And VCE ★ 100% Passing Guarantee ★ 100% Money Back Guarantee

Thank You for Trying Our Product

Lead2pass Certification Exam Features:

★ More than 99,900 Satisfied Customers Worldwide.

★ Average 99.9% Success Rate.

★ Free Update to match latest and real exam scenarios.

★ Instant Download Access! No Setup required.

★ Questions & Answers are downloadable in PDF format and

VCE test engine format.

★ Multi-Platform capabilities - Windows, Laptop, Mac, Android, iPhone, iPod, iPad.

★ 100% Guaranteed Success or 100% Money Back Guarantee.

★ Fast, helpful support 24x7.

View list of all certification exams: http://www.lead2pass.com/all-products.html

10% Discount Coupon Code: ASTR14

Get Latest & Actual H13-611 Exam's Question and Answers from Lead2pass. 4
http://www.lead2pass.com
Huawei ICT Academy
Courses Brief
Course Authorization
Based on years industry experience, Huawei has developed an industry-recognized ICT talent position model and launched
Huawei Certification covering all ICT fields. Huawei also licenses courses composed of the latest industry knowledge and cases
to higher education institutions to strengthen students’ engineering practice capabilities and employment competitiveness.

Applicable Subjects
Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Information Systems, Information Technology, Software Engineering, Cyber Security,
Data Science, Electronic Engineering, Network Engineering, Communication Engineering.

Directions of Authorized Course

AI

Huawei AI certified course involves deep learning theories and algorithms, and helps
develop capabilities for programming with TensorFlow, including the use of HUAWEI
CLOUD enterprise intelligence (EI).

Storage

Huawei Storage certified course aims to prepare enginseers with capabilities of

collaborating in the design, deployment, operation, and management of Huawei
storage systems.

Datacom

Huawei Datacom certified course aims to train engineers have a basic knowledge in
the general technologies involved in small-sized enterprise networks and possess the
basic network design, implementation, O&M and network automation abilities.
 HCIA-AI

Course Overview
To train students to be capable of using AI, machine learning, deep learning and
other technologies to achieve the design, development and innovation of AI prod-
ucts and solutions, and help them to be certified as HCIA-AI engineers.

AI

Target Audience
2-year and 4-year college students in Computer or Math, or students interested
in AI.

Prerequisites
None.

Benefits
By the end of the course, students will master the basic principles of AI, general open-source AI frameworks, and
programming knowledge, and have the ability to design, develop, and innovate AI products and solutions using
technologies such as AI, machine learning, and deep learning.

Experimental Implementation
● Mode one
PC
● Mode two
Huawei Cloud
Note: No shared lab environment. Each student needs independent PC and personal account of Huawei Cloud
service.

Notice:
Since Huawei products’service strategies vary from different regions, the provision of course experiment devic-
es and lab environment to ICT Academy of different country need to be confirmed with local Huawei ICT
Academy liaison.

Authorized Resources

Training Textbook(PPT,PDF) Lab Guide(Word,PDF) Syllabus Lab Environment

Materials Package Setup Guide
Exam Outline Mock Exam Equipment List

MOOC

"TALENT ONLINE" Platform

01
 HCIA-AI

Syllabus
Theory Experiment
No. Main Teaching Content
Credit Hrs Credit Hrs

1 AI Overview 2 0
2 Machine Learning Overview 4 3
3 Deep Learning Overview 4 3
4 Mainstream Development Framework for AI 2 3
5 Huawei AI Development Framework MindSpore 2 0
6 Atlas AI Computing Platform 2 0
7 Huawei Open AI Platform for Smart Devices 1 0
8 HUAWEI CLOUD Enterprise Intelligence Application Platform 1 3

Total 18 12

Note: 1 credit hour equals 45 minutes.

02
 HCIA–Storage

Course Overview
To train students to be capable of collaborating in the design, deployment, opera-
tion, and management of Huawei storage systems, and help them to be certified
as HCIA–Storage engineers.
Storage

Target Audience
2-year and 4-year college students in Networking, Computer, Engineering,
or students interested in Storage.

Prerequisites
None.

Benefits
By the end of the course, students are able to build SAN and NAS storage networks, and also have the ability to
operate and manage Huawei.

Experimental Implementation
● Mode one
Simulator: eStor
● Mode two
Hands-on Labs:

No. Device Qty

1 Server 2
2 Switch 1
3 Storage 1
Note: One set of equipment can support 4 experimenters at one time.
Notice:
Since Huawei products’service strategies vary from different regions, the provision of course experiment devic-
es and lab environment to ICT Academy of different country need to be confirmed with local Huawei ICT
Academy liaison.

Authorized Resources

Training Textbook(PPT,PDF) Lab Guide(Word,PDF) Syllabus Lab Environment

Materials Package Setup Guide
Exam Outline Mock Exam Equipment List

MOOC

"TALENT ONLINE" Platform

03
 HCIA–Storage

Syllabus
Theory Experiment
No. Main Teaching Content
Credit Hrs Credit Hrs

1 Cutting-Edge Storage Technologies and Development Trends 2 0

2 Storage application technologies for AI, big data, and storage 2 0
3 ICT architecture 2 0
4 Introduction to the Storage Ecosystem 2 0
5 Introduction to Common Storage Protocols 2 2
6 Storage Networking Technology 2 4
7 Storage Reliability Technologies 8 4
8 Advanced Storage Technologies 4 4
9 Service Continuity Technology and Application 2 0
10 Data Center Storage O&M Management 2 4

Total 30 18

Note: 1 credit hour equals 45 minutes.

04
 HCIA-Datacom

Course Overview
To train students to be capable of planning, design, deployment, O&M, and
optimization of small- and medium-sized campus networks, and help them to be
certified as HCIA-Datacom engineers.
Datacom

Target Audience
2-year and 4-year college students in Networking or Engineering, or students
interested in Data Communication.

Prerequisites
None.

Benefits
By the end of the course, students will have a basic understanding of data communication knowledge, including
Routing and Switching principles, WLAN principles, network security, network management and O&M, SDN and
programming automation.

Experimental Implementation
● Mode one
Simulator
● Mode two
Hands-on Labs:

No. Device Qty

1 Router 3
2 Switch 4
3 AP 2
Note: One set of equipment can support 4 experimenters at one time.

Notice:
Since Huawei products’service strategies vary from different regions, the provision of course experiment devic-
es and lab environment to ICT Academy of different country need to be confirmed with local Huawei ICT
Academy liaison.

Authorized Resources

Training Textbook(PPT,PDF) Lab Guide(Word,PDF) Syllabus Lab Environment

Materials Package Setup Guide
Exam Outline Mock Exam Equipment List

MOOC

"TALENT ONLINE" Platform

05
 HCIA-Datacom

Syllabus
Theory Experiment
No. Main Teaching Content Credit Hrs Credit Hrs

1 Data Communication Network 1 0

2 OSI and TCP/IP reference model 3 0
3 Be familiar with the lab platform and Huawei VRP system 2 2
4 Network Layer Protocol and IP Addressing 4 0
5 IP Routing Basics 3 1
6 OSPF Basics 4 2
7 Ethernet Switching Basics 3 1
8 VLAN Principles 2 1
9 spanning tree 2 1
10 Ethernet Link Aggregation and Switch Stacking 1 1
11 Implements communication between VLANs 2 1
12 ACL Principles and Configuration 1 1
13 AAA 1 1
14 Network Address Translation 1 1
15 Network services and applications 2 2
16 WLAN Overview 4 0
17 WAN technology 2 4
18 Network management and O&M 2 0
19 IPv6 Basics 3 1
20 Typical Campus Network Architecture and Cases 4 3
21 SDN and NFV 4 0
22 Programming and automation 3 1

Total 54 24

Note: 1 credit hour equals 45 minutes.

06
 Huawei Certification Roadmap

It is not a mandatory but a proposal learning roadmap.

Expert HCIE-Storage
H13-629（Written）
and H13-630（Lab）
E and H13-631（Interview）

Professional HCIP-AI EI Developer HCIP-Storage

H13-321 Exam H13-621 Exam
and H13-622 Exam
P and H13-623 Exam

Associate HCIA-AI HCIA-Storage HCIA-Datacom

H13-311 Exam H13-611 Exam H12-811 Exam

AI Storage Datacom

17
contact：certifi[email protected]

Huawei Certification Huawei ICT Academy Huawei Talent Platform

Facebook Facebook

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2020. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademark Notice
and are trademarks or registered trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Other trademarks, product, service and company names mentioned are the property of their respective owners.

GENERAL DISCLAIMER
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
THE INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY CONTAIN PREDICTIVE STATEMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT
Bantian, Longgang District
LIMITED TO, STATEMENTS REGARDING FUTURE FINANCIAL RESULTS, OPERATING RESULTS, FUTURE
Shenzhen, 518129, P.R. China
PRODUCT PORTFOLIOS, AND NEW TECHNOLOGIES. THERE ARE A NUMBER OF FACTORS THAT COULD
CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS AND DEVELOPMENTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE EXPRESSED OR Tel: +86-755-28780808

IMPLIED IN THE PREDICTIVE STATEMENTS. THEREFORE, SUCH INFORMATION IS PROVIDED FOR

REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY, AND CONSTITUTES NEITHER AN OFFER NOR A COMMITMENT. HUAWEI
MAY CHANGE THE INFORMATION AT ANY TIME WITHOUT NOTICE, AND IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY www.huawei.com
LIABILITIES ARISING FROM YOUR USE OF ANY OF THE INFORMATION PROVIDED HEREIN.
 H13-611.VCEplus.premium.exam.60q

Number: H13-611
Passing Score: 800
Time Limit: 120 min
File Version: 1.0

Website: https://vceplus.com
VCE to PDF Converter: https://vceplus.com/vce-to-pdf/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/VCE.For.All.VN/
Twitter : https://twitter.com/VCE_Plus

H13-611

HCNA-Storage (Huawei Certified Network Associate-Storage)

Version 1.0

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
Exam A

QUESTION 1 Which of the following are the 3 layers of components that storage systems are made up of?
(Choose three.)

A. Storage Analysis
B. Storage Solution
C. Storage Software
D. Storage Hardware

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 2

Which of the following is not the benefits of converged storage systems?

A. The same device is able to provide both block storage and file storage.
B. Saving of rack space due to integration of equipment into one device.
C. Converged storage system has better data protection compared to other non-converged systems.
D. Unified management of storage resources.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 3

Which of the following dimensions are often used to express the data used in Big Data scenarios? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Variety
B. Velocity
C. Verticality
D. Volume

Correct Answer: ABD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 4 The only cable type that can be used to connect disk enclosures is the
mini SAS cable.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 5 Based on common ICT architecture, what effect does network latency have on the
performance of networks?

A. Low latency will cause network performance to drop.

B. Higher latency has better network performance.
C. Higher latency allows more data to be transmitted.
D. Low latency allows quicker data transmission in networks.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 6 In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which of the following statements about mapping a
snapshot is true?

A. Snapshots optionally can be mapped to multiple hosts.

B. All of the answers are true.
C. Snapshots can only be mapped to the same host the original LUN was mapped to.
D. Mapped snapshots are always Read-Only

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 7 IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and

storage systems.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 8 Which of the following best

describes SDN?

A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.

B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. Using hardware to manage the network.
D. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 9 Storage Pools cannot be created with a
single tier of disks.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 10 You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system when you
use RAID 2.0+.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 11 What is
a storage array?

A. A system that manages the network functions and carries the data traffic from host to storage.
B. A system that handles the interconnection of hosts to disks drives and allows hosts to directly access the disks and use it as local drives.
C. A system that has the management software that can provide access to its sets of hard drives or tape libraries for the purpose of data access and storage.
D. A system that handles the communication of data from end users to its storage location and provide confirmation on successful storage.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 12
Situation: Disk Domain A has 40 disks, Disk Domain B has 20 disks. True or False: the rebuild time for a failed disk in Disk Domain B is longer than for a failed disk in Disk Domain A.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 13
Which of the following criteria fits the definition of the Cloud? (Choose all that apply.)
A. On Demand Self Service
B. Ubiquitous Access

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
C. Shared Pool Of Configurable Resources
D. Massively Parallel Processing

Correct Answer: ABCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 14 What is the main difference between mechanical drives such as SAS with solid state
drives (SSD)?

A. The lifespan of hard drive.

B. The presence of mechanical parts.
C. The capacity of hard drive.
D. The performance of the hard drive.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 15 If no data migration plan is set, with SmartTier enabled, there will be no data movement at all
between tiers.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 16
Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety of data types in a short period of time from a collection of vast amounts of data?

A. Cloud
B. Internet Of Things
C. Social Media
D. Big Data

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 17
Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)
A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.
B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.
C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 18
Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables. Statement
2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is falseC. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 19 Which
statement is true?

A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.

B. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
C. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
D. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 20
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies. Statement
2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.

A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true. B.

Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:
QUESTION 21
Statement 1: MLC drives are optimal when used for high intensity writes to that disk. Statement
2: The latency of SSD drives is about 0.1 s.

A. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 22
Statement 1: A port can be listed in multiple zones.
Statement 2: A switch configuration can contain multiple zones.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 23
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.
Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 24 Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage systems are correct? (Choose
all that apply.)

A. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
B. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
C. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.
D. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage system.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 25 Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS
protocol natively?

A. Solaris
B. AIX
C. FreeBSD
D. Win7

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 26 Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose
all that apply.)

A. CIFS
B. SMB
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. NFS

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 27 SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers
through network.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 28
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which licensed feature is best described as: periodically detects hotspot data and promotes them from low-speed storage media to high-speed media.

A. SmartMigration
B. SmartTier
C. SmartMove
D. SmartMotion

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 29 In an ICT infrastructure the servers can run different operating systems like
Windows, Linux, AIX.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 30
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency. Statement
2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 31
Match the RAID level with the characteristics. (1)RAID 0 (2)RAID 5 (3)RAID 10 (4)RAID 6 (a) Cost effective (b)Allows double disk failure (c)Highest performance (d)No data protection.

A. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – b; 4 - c
B. 1 – a; 2 – d; 3 – b; 4 - c
C. 1 – a; 2 – b; 3 – c; 4 - d
D. 1 – d; 2 – a; 3 – c; 4 - b

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 32 What is typical for a DAS solution?

(Choose all that apply.)

A. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives.
C. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup server.
Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 33 Select the correct statements that describes the properties of bus technology in ICT architecture.
(Choose all that apply.)

A. Bus technology are only available in serial form.

B. Bus can be divided into internal bus and external bus.
C. The CPU needs to go through the memory to directly access the Bus.
D. Bus is a communication system that transfers data between internal components and external components.

Correct Answer: BD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 34 Data and Information are

the same thing.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 35 What are components of an ICT infrastructure?

(Choose all that apply.)

A. Software
B. Hosts and Servers
C. Backup Devices
D. Network switches

Correct Answer: BCD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 36 Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology? (Choose
all that apply.)

A. Improves system reliability.

B. Reduces system performance.
C. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
D. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.
Correct Answer: ACD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 37 Storage array is a network signals or data. It can provide a dedicated communication channel between any 2 nodes in the network
that is connected.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 38
Statement 1: Fiber optic cables must be bended with a minimum radius of 10 centimeters.
Statement 2: Bends and dirt causes the light signal to be weaker and the sensor cannot detect the light pulse then.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 39 What is the purpose of

context for data?

A. Context is optional when collecting and analyzing data.

B. Context gives comparison between data and information.
C. Context gives meaning to the data collected. Without context the data is meaningless.
D. Context is only found in data and not in information.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 40 Which of the following is NOT a component

in an IP SAN?

A. iSCSI storage device

B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Ethernet switch
D. NIC
Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 41 Which of the following statements about HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier dynamic storage tiering
technology is NOT true?

A. The SmartTier automatically and dynamically matches data from different activity levels with storage media of different characteristics.
B. The SmartTier calculates and analyzes the activity level of data.
C. Data statistics, analysis, and relocation activities of the SmartTier affect service continuity and data availability.
D. The SmartTier data relocation activities are based on configured policies.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 42
Statement 1: Port zoning is preferred for zoning a FC switch when there are a lot of changes to the patch points. Statement
2: Alias zoning is a user friendly version of soft zoning.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 43 Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components.
(Choose all that apply.)

A. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.

B. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
C. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
D. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.

Correct Answer: AD
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 44 What statement about the SATA and SAS

technologies is true?

A. Both SATA and SAS are intelligent protocols with intelligent devices.
B. Both use full-duplex communication.
C. Both use serial communication.
D. SATA and SAS support the same maximum number of devices on the bus.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 45 Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose
all that apply.)

A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
B. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
C. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths to the same LUN.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.

Correct Answer: ACD

Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 46
Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the group. Statement
2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 47 What
statement is true?

A. IT managers should determine the retention period for data.

B. Information Life Cycle management must be based on the costs for the storage hardware.
C. Storing a lot of random, unstructured data can become a management problem for many companies.
D. Technology is the main factor that decides which disaster recovery method will be implemented.

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 48
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide even distribution of storage across all nodes.

A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 49 When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is
traditional Tape backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 50 Which of the following methods provides

the best RTO?

A. Replication
B. Disk-To-Tape
C. Virtual Tape Library
D. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape

Correct Answer: A
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 51
Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.
Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible scenario.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 52
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after a disaster has occurred.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 53
Statement 1: Virtual Tape Libraries allow for a highly scalable backup strategy as storage can be added later. Statement
2: Virtual Tape Libraries should be used when remote datacenters are NOT available.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 54
Statement 1: If possible it is always advised to make only Full Backups.
Statement 2: LAN free backups typically run slower than LAN based backups.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 55 Which of the following are correct steps in a LAN based backup job?
(Choose all that apply.)

A. Agent on application server sends data to the backup device.

B. Backup server sends a “start-backup” command to the backup device.
C. Agent on application server sends data to backup media server.
D. Backup media server sends data to the backup device.

Correct Answer: AC
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 56
Given this scenario. A company wants replication of data between two data centers that are 2000 km apart. Which replication method is most recommended?
A. Synchronous but ONLY if the link is a high speed 8 Gb/s fiber optical connection
B. Asynchronous
C. Synchronous
D. Both Asynchronous and Synchronous will work

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
QUESTION 57
Statement 1: Every time a tape is used to restore data, some data will be lost.
Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 58 HyperReplication for HUAWEI OceanStor V3 can use FC links the data centers. ISCSI links are
not supported.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 59 Which of the following

statements is incorrect?

A. Physical volumes reside on the lowest layer in the logical volume manager. Logical volumes and volume groups are dependent on physical volumes.
B. A logical volume can reside on multiple physical disks. Data storage can be physically discontinuous.
C. Multiple volume groups can be created on the space of a logical volume.
D. A volume group is built on physical volumes. A volume group can contain one physical volume group or multiple physical volumes.

Correct Answer: C
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

QUESTION 60
In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?

A. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
B. in/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
C. cat/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. mount/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5

Correct Answer: D
Section: (none)
Explanation

Explanation/Reference:

www.vceplus.com - Free Questions & Answers - Online Courses - Convert VCE to PDF - VCEplus.com
Vendor:Huawei

Exam Code:H13-611

Exam Name:HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the

Structure of Storage Network)

Version:Demo
QUESTION 1

Which of the following are functions of a NAS device? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Provides interfaces to share files

B. Provides interfaces to connect storage systems

C. Provides a hardware platform to run NAS software

D. Provides a large storage space

Correct Answer: ACD

QUESTION 2

Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 3

Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Windows operating system

B. Storage device

C. Fibre Channel switch

D. Fibre Channel HBA

Correct Answer: AC

QUESTION 4

Incremental backup requires the last full backup and each incremental backup to fully restore data. Data reconstruction
is therefore slower compared with full backups.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A
QUESTION 5

What is the main difference between mechanical drives such as SAS with solid state drives (SSD)?

A. The lifespan of hard drive.

B. The presence of mechanical parts.

C. The capacity of hard drive.

D. The performance of the hard drive.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 6

Which of the following statements about the coffer disks of the HUAWEI V3 series storage systems are correct?
(Choose all that apply.)

A. Coffer disks store cache data to prevent data loss after a power failure.

B. Coffer disks cannot be used to save service data.

C. The first 2 disks in a controller enclosure are coffer disks.

D. BBUs supply power to cache and coffer disks in the event of unexpected power failure.

Correct Answer: AD

QUESTION 7

The mount command is used in Linux-based clients to connect the client to the NFS share.

A. TRUE

B. FALSE

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 8

Which of the following statements are NOT true? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.

B. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.

C. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while
CIFS cannot.
D. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses
TCP/IP.

Correct Answer: AB

QUESTION 9

Which of the following statements about switched fabric topology in Fibre Channel SANs is NOT true?

A. The switches leverage zoning to manage network structure and provide the best interconnection form.

B. Multiple pairs of nodes connecting to switches can communicate simultaneously.

C. It is the most widely used topology that supports a maximum of 127 devices.

D. The fault of one node in a zone does not affect services on nodes in other zones.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 10

Which of the following statements about RAID 6 is incorrect?

A. RAID 6 requires at least three member disks.

B. Frequently used RAID 6 technologies include RAID 6 P+Q and RAID 6 DP.

C. RAID 6 requires two-level parity.

D. RAID 6 can recover data after two member disks fail.

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 11

A traditional RAID 10 set always has an even number of disks.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 12

Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety of data types in a short
period of time from a collection of vast amounts of data?

A. Cloud
B. Internet Of Things

C. Social Media

D. Big Data

Correct Answer: D
 To Read the Whole Q&As, please purchase the Complete Version from Our website.

Try our product !

100% Guaranteed Success

100% Money Back Guarantee

365 Days Free Update

Instant Download After Purchase

24x7 Customer Support

Average 99.9% Success Rate

More than 800,000 Satisfied Customers Worldwide

Multi-Platform capabilities - Windows, Mac, Android, iPhone, iPod, iPad, Kindle

Need Help
Please provide as much detail as possible so we can best assist you.
To update a previously submitted ticket:

Any charges made through this site will appear as Global Simulators Limited.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

 PassReview

http://www.passreview.com
PassReview - IT Certification Exams Pass Review
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611

Title : HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building
the Structure of Storage
Network)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1 from Passreview.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 1
https://www.passreview.com/H13-611_exam-braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 You are the storage administrator of a media company that stores a lot of media files such as
videos. You are asked to propose a proper storage architecture for a new storage system that stores
all the video and graphic files of the company. The requirement is that it could run on commodity
hardware in a distributed manner for unstructured data. Choose which one of the following
architecture would be the better option.
A. Distributed Storage Architecture.
B. Clustered NAS Storage Architecture.
C. Block Storage Architecture.
D. Distributed Object Storage Architecture.
Answer: D

NO.2 Which of the following RAID levels has the lowest hard disk space utilization?
A. RAID 1
B. RAID 0
C. RAID 3
D. RAID 5
Answer: A

NO.3 In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev
directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?
A. cat /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
B. mount /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
C. In/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
Answer: B

NO.4 For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.5 Incremental backups must rely on the last full backup and the last incremental backup to
perform data recovery Complete recovery, data reconstruction during recovery is slower than full
backup, and recovery window is larger.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B

NO.6 Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of Ultra Path for different operating systems.
A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

2 from Passreview.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 2
https://www.passreview.com/H13-611_exam-braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Answer: C

NO.7 The following are the characteristics of the clustered NAS storage architecture: (multiple
choice)
A. Unified namespace, shared globally
B. can provide block-level storage
C. Online expansion
D. High performance, multiple arrays concurrent I/O
Answer: A,C,D

NO.8 According to the changes in the amount of backup data, the types of backup can be divided
into:
A. full backup
B. Real-time backup
C. differential backup
D. incremental backup
Answer: A,C,D

NO.9 For a system with high business continuity to find that, the characteristics of RPO and RTO
values should be:
A. RPO and RTO are lower
B. RPO is higher, RTO is lower
C. RPO is lower, RTO is higher
D. RPO and RTO are higher
Answer: A

NO.10 In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be
consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?
A. Global Cache.
B. Global Sharing.
C. Global Concurrency.
D. Global Namespace.
Answer: D

NO.11 When does data become information?

A. AH of the above.
B. When the company understands the data and learns from it
C. When it has been stored in the right file format.
D. When it has been stored in a digital form.
Answer: B

NO.12 Regarding the benefits and necessity of enterprises doing disaster recovery system

3 from Passreview.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 3
https://www.passreview.com/H13-611_exam-braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

construction, is the following statement wrong?

A. In areas where fewer natural disasters occur, consider reducing the disaster recovery level
B. Can avoid major losses and reduce corporate risks
C. Can simplify the operation and maintenance work, avoid the impact of emergencies
D. Comply with policies and regulations to meet industry regulatory requirements
Answer: A

NO.13 Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths
to the same LUN.
B. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
C. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
D. Maps a LUN to the host
Answer: A,B

NO.14 The QoS of the file system supports IO priority configuration and policy configuration.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.15 FCoE is a transmission protocol standard that encapsulates frames in FC in lossless Ethernet
and is used to form storage networks Network.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.16 In the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system, which protocol is used for the mirror channel
between the controllers?
A. iSCSI
B. IB
C. FCoE
D. PCI-E
Answer: D

NO.17 There are two descriptions about backups, the correct ones are:
Description 1: The disaster recovery solution does not need to consider whether it is backed up on
tape or hard disk.
Description 2: The backup plan should consider the worst case.
A. Descriptions 1 and 2 are wrong
B. Description 1 is right, description 2 is wrong
C, description 1 is wrong, description 2 is right
C. Descriptions 1 and 2 are both correct

4 from Passreview.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 4
https://www.passreview.com/H13-611_exam-braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.18 What conditions should be considered for device backup bandwidth? (Multiple choice)
A. Backup cycle
B. The daily quantity increment
C. Backup staff
D. the size of the initial data
Answer: A,B,D

NO.19 When a company's customers need to complete data migration between devices, what
features can be used to complete? (Multiple choices)
A. Remote replication
B. clone
C. LUN copy
D. SmartMigration
Answer: A,B,C,D
Explanation
Analysis: SmartMigration (LUN migration): Ability to implement services on the source LUN without
interrupting host services Completely and transparently migrate to the target LUN, and use the target
LUN to completely replace the source LUN after the migration is completed.
Perception. HyperReplication (remote replication): provides users with flexible and powerful data
replication functions, through remote replication The system can realize remote backup and recovery
of data, continuous business data support, and disaster recovery of data. Includes sync remote
Replication and asynchronous remote replication. HyperClone (clone) can achieve LUN level without
interrupting host business The complete backup of data can be used in scenarios such as data backup
and recovery, application testing and data analysis. HyperCopy (LUN Copy) can copy the data in the
source LUN to the local target LUN or the target LUN on other storage Now data migration,
distribution and backup.

NO.20 Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage system over file servers? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Drivers service and powerful function
B. High stability and reliability
C. High data security
D. Large storage space
Answer: B,C,D

NO.21 Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup
strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.
A. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
B. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.
C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.
D. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,

5 from Passreview.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 5
https://www.passreview.com/H13-611_exam-braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: D

NO.22 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs?

(Multiple Choice)
A. Larger capacity
B. Faster read/write speed for random access
C. Better environmental adaptability
D. Longer service life
Answer: B,C

NO.23 Multipathing software is only needed in SAN solutions with just a single switch.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.24 In the Huawei storage system, which of the following is true about the characteristics of
virtual snapshot LUNs?
A. data use mapping table lookup
B. The storage system can generate a snapshot in seconds
C. Complete data copying is unnecessary
D. The snapshot LUN cannot be mapped to the host
Answer: A,B,C

NO.25 In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications
must be pauzed during the replication update process.
A. TRUE
B. FALS
Answer: B

NO.26 In a SCSI connection, it is responsible to send SCSI commands to the target. Which of the
following fits the above description.
A. LUN.
B. Storage.
C. Target.
D. Initiator.
Answer: D

NO.27 In Huawei RAID 2.0+, is the description about chunck and extent correct?
A. chunck is the smallest unit for LUN to apply for space from the storage pool and free up space
B. The extent is the smallest unit for the storage pool to allocate resources from the hard disk
domain
C. chunck is the smallest unit of hot data statistics and migration (data migration granularity)
D. The extent size of different storage pools can be different, but the extent size in the same storage

6 from Passreview.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 6
https://www.passreview.com/H13-611_exam-braindumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

pool is uniform
Answer: D
Explanation
Analysis: extent is a fixed-size logical storage space divided on the basis of CKG, the size is adjustable,
and it is a hot data system.
The smallest unit of accounting and migration (data migration granularity) is also the smallest unit of
applying space and releasing space in the storage pool. Do not The extent of the same storage pool
can be different, but the extent of the same storage pool is uniform.
CKG is a logical storage unit composed of CKs from different hard drives in the same DG according to
the RAID algorithm.
The smallest unit of resources allocated by the pool from the hard disk domain.

NO.28 Based on common ICT architecture, what effect does network latency have on the
performance of networks?
A. Low latency allows quicker data transmission in networks.
B. Low latency will cause network performance to drop.
C. Higher latency has better network performance.
D. Higher latency allows more data to be transmitted.
Answer: A

NO.29 Which of the following are the supported data storage architecture of modern storage array?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Block Storage.
B. File Storage,
C. Object Storage,
D. Fusion Storage.
Answer: A,B,C

NO.30 About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier.
Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: A

7 from Passreview.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 7
https://www.passreview.com/H13-611_exam-braindumps.html
 Page No | 1

Huawei
H13-611 EXAM
Huawei HCNA-Storage Huawei Certified Network Associate-
Storage

Product: Demo File

For More Information:

https://www.dumpsplanet.com/H13-611-dumps

https://www.dumpsplanet.com
m/
 Questions & Answers P-
PDF 2

Question: 1
Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode
cables. Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of
the cable.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: C

Question: 2
Match the correct functionalities together: (1) IaaS (2) Hybrid (3) SaaS (a) Combination of
public and private (b) Applications are hosted externally (c) Hardware is outsourced.

A. 1-a; 2-b; 3-c

B. 1-b; 2-c; 3-a
C. 1-c; 2-a; 3-b
D. 1-b; 2-a; 3-c

Answer: C

Question: 3
Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel
SAN? (Multiple Choice)

A. Storage device
B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Fibre Channel HBA
D. Windows operating system

Answer: BD

Question: 4

Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building
software applications.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 5
Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the
backup strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.
https://www.dumpsplanet.com
 Questions & Answers P-
PDF 3
A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.
B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: B

Question: 6
Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Disk-To-Tape
B. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape
C. Replication
D. Virtual Tape Library

Answer: C

Question: 7
Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods? (Multiple Choice)

A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Incremental backup
D. Differential backup

Answer: BCD

Question: 8

The recovery point objective (RPO) is used to identify how much time lies between two
backups.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 9
Select the correct statements that describes Mean Time Between
Failure(MTBF). (Multiple Choice)

A. MTBF can accurately pinpoint the time of failures of the hard disks.
B. The higher the MTBF, the hard disk will have shorter lifespan expectancy,
C. MTBF is used to measure the reliability of hard disks.
D. MTBF is the predicted elapsed time between inherent failures of hard disks.

Answer: CD

Question: 10
https://www.dumpsplanet.com
 Questions & Answers P-
It is a hard-disk
PDF failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive4 comes in
contact with its rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually irreparable damage to the
magnetic media on the platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Platter Area.
C. Bad Sector.
D. Head Crash.

Answer: D

Question: 11
Statement 1: An ICT infrastructure should be built with high end equipment and be located in
one site.
Statement 2: A server is a rack mounted enterprise version of a desktop computer and
typically has more than one hard disk installed.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False.
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Stament 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: C

Question: 12
Connecting an OceanStor 5300 V3 to three disk enclosures requires SAS cables.

A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 12
F

Answer: B

https://www.dumpsplanet.com
 Page No | 5

Thank You for Trying Our Product

Our Certification Exam Features:

★ More than 99,900 Satisfied Customers Worldwide

★ Average 99.9% Success Rate

★ Free Update to match latest and real exam scenarios

★ Instant Download Access! No Setup required.

★ Questions & Answers are downloadable in PDF format.

★ Multi-Platform capabilities - Windows, Laptop, Mac, Android, iPhone, iPod, iPad

★ 100% Guaranteed Success or 100% Money Back Guarantee.

★ Fast, helpful support 24x7

View Certification Exam page for Full Product:

https://www.dumpsplanet.com/H13-611-dumps

https://www.dumpsplanet.com
 https://www.passapply.com/h13-611.html
2020 Latest passapply H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

H13-611Q&As
HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage Network)

Pass Huawei H13-611 Exam with 100% Guarantee

Free Download Real Questions & Answers PDF and VCE file from:

https://www.passapply.com/h13-611.html

100% Passing Guarantee

100% Money Back Assurance

Following Questions and Answers are all new published by Huawei

Official Exam Center

H13-611 PDF Dumps | H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Study Guide 1/6
 https://www.passapply.com/h13-611.html
2020 Latest passapply H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 1

Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.

Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 2

Which of the following are functions of a NAS device? (Choose all that apply.)

A. Provides interfaces to share files

B. Provides interfaces to connect storage systems

C. Provides a hardware platform to run NAS software

D. Provides a large storage space

Correct Answer: ACD

QUESTION 3

The failure of an SSD is more predictable than that of other disk technologies.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 4

A traditional RAID 10 set always has an even number of disks.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B

H13-611 PDF Dumps | H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Study Guide 2/6
 https://www.passapply.com/h13-611.html
2020 Latest passapply H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 5

Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 6

In storage systems, what does throughput refer to?

A. Amount of signals that can be sent or received by processors in a period of time.

B. Amount of calculations that can be processed in a period of time.

C. Amount of data that can be received and written to the storage medium in a period of time.

D. Amount of data that can be transmitted and received over network in a period of time.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 7

A user is having intermittent problems connecting to their shared network storage. A network technician is able to
determine that there is a problem within the network cabling in between the workstation and the switch. All other users
are able to connect successfully to the network. Which of the following is the MOST likely cause?

A. Cable is not connected at the patch panel.

B. Cable has been cut somewhere within the wall.

C. Patch cable is a crossover cable instead of straight-through.

D. Crosstalk and interference are occurring.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 8

Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS

B. SMB

C. Novell Control Protocol

H13-611 PDF Dumps | H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Study Guide 3/6
 https://www.passapply.com/h13-611.html
2020 Latest passapply H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

D. NFS

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 9

In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications must be paused during the
replication update process.

A. TRUE

B. FALSE

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 10

It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its rotating platter,
resulting in permanent and usually irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the platter surface. Which of the
following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.

B. Bad Sector.

C. Bad Platter Area.

D. Head Crash.

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 11

For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 12

Which of the following is NOT the characteristics of the active-active mode of a storage controller?

A. The primary controller processes the I/O requests from application servers and the secondary controller is in the idle
state.

B. The active-active mode achieves load balancing, full utilization of resources, and system performance improvement.

H13-611 PDF Dumps | H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Study Guide 4/6
 https://www.passapply.com/h13-611.html
2020 Latest passapply H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

C. Two controllers process the I/O requests from application servers concurrently.

D. If a controller becomes faulty, the other takes over the work of the faulty controller without disrupting ongoing
services.

Correct Answer: A

H13-611 PDF Dumps H13-611 VCE Dumps H13-611 Study Guide

H13-611 PDF Dumps | H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Study Guide 5/6
 https://www.passapply.com/h13-611.html
2020 Latest passapply H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

To Read the Whole Q&As, please purchase the Complete Version from Our website.

Try our product !

100% Guaranteed Success

100% Money Back Guarantee
365 Days Free Update
Instant Download After Purchase
24x7 Customer Support
Average 99.9% Success Rate
More than 800,000 Satisfied Customers Worldwide
Multi-Platform capabilities - Windows, Mac, Android, iPhone, iPod, iPad, Kindle

We provide exam PDF and VCE of Cisco, Microsoft, IBM, CompTIA, Oracle and other IT Certifications.
You can view Vendor list of All Certification Exams offered:

https://www.passapply.com/allproducts

Need Help
Please provide as much detail as possible so we can best assist you.
To update a previously submitted ticket:

Any charges made through this site will appear as Global Simulators Limited.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright © passapply, All Rights Reserved.

H13-611 PDF Dumps | H13-611 VCE Dumps | H13-611 Study Guide 6/6

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

H13-611Q&As
HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage Network)

Pass Huawei H13-611 Exam with 100% Guarantee

Free Download Real Questions & Answers PDF and VCE file from:

https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html

100% Passing Guarantee

100% Money Back Assurance

Following Questions and Answers are all new published by Huawei

Official Exam Center

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 1/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 1

Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.

Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 2

SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers through network.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 3

Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.

Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false

C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 4

Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS

B. SMB

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 2/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

C. Novell Control Protocol

D. NFS

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 5

Storage Pools cannot be created with a single tier of disks.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 6

About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier. Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers
can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

C. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 7

Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the
group.

Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 3/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 8

In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which of the following statements about mapping a snapshot is true?

A. Snapshots optionally can be mapped to multiple hosts.

B. All of the answers are true.

C. Snapshots can only be mapped to the same host the original LUN was mapped to.

D. Mapped snapshots are always Read-Only

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 9

Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup policy

B. Backup media

C. Backup server

D. Backup software

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 10

Which of the following statements about the coffer disks of the HUAWEI V3 series storage systems are correct?
(Choose all that apply.)

A. Coffer disks store cache data to prevent data loss after a power failure.

B. Coffer disks cannot be used to save service data.

C. The first 2 disks in a controller enclosure are coffer disks.

D. BBUs supply power to cache and coffer disks in the event of unexpected power failure.

Correct Answer: AD

QUESTION 11

Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.

B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 4/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.

D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 12

Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris

B. AIX

C. FreeBSD

D. Win7

Correct Answer: D

H13-611 Practice Test H13-611 Study Guide H13-611 Braindumps

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 5/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

To Read the Whole Q&As, please purchase the Complete Version from Our website.

Try our product !

100% Guaranteed Success

100% Money Back Guarantee
365 Days Free Update
Instant Download After Purchase
24x7 Customer Support
Average 99.9% Success Rate
More than 800,000 Satisfied Customers Worldwide
Multi-Platform capabilities - Windows, Mac, Android, iPhone, iPod, iPad, Kindle

We provide exam PDF and VCE of Cisco, Microsoft, IBM, CompTIA, Oracle and other IT Certifications.
You can view Vendor list of All Certification Exams offered:

https://www.lead4pass.com/allproducts

Need Help
Please provide as much detail as possible so we can best assist you.
To update a previously submitted ticket:

Any charges made through this site will appear as Global Simulators Limited.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright © lead4pass, All Rights Reserved.

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 6/6

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

H13-611Q&As
HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage Network)

Pass Huawei H13-611 Exam with 100% Guarantee

Free Download Real Questions & Answers PDF and VCE file from:

https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html

100% Passing Guarantee

100% Money Back Assurance

Following Questions and Answers are all new published by Huawei

Official Exam Center

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 1/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 1

Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low latency.

Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Correct Answer: C

QUESTION 2

SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers through network.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 3

Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.

Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false

B. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false

C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true

Correct Answer: D

QUESTION 4

Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that apply.)

A. CIFS

B. SMB

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 2/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

C. Novell Control Protocol

D. NFS

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 5

Storage Pools cannot be created with a single tier of disks.

A. FALSE

B. TRUE

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 6

About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier. Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers
can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.

A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.

C. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: B

QUESTION 7

Statement 1: We have a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we add more disks to the
group.

Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.

A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.

B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

C. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Correct Answer: C

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 3/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

QUESTION 8

In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which of the following statements about mapping a snapshot is true?

A. Snapshots optionally can be mapped to multiple hosts.

B. All of the answers are true.

C. Snapshots can only be mapped to the same host the original LUN was mapped to.

D. Mapped snapshots are always Read-Only

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 9

Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup policy

B. Backup media

C. Backup server

D. Backup software

Correct Answer: A

QUESTION 10

Which of the following statements about the coffer disks of the HUAWEI V3 series storage systems are correct?
(Choose all that apply.)

A. Coffer disks store cache data to prevent data loss after a power failure.

B. Coffer disks cannot be used to save service data.

C. The first 2 disks in a controller enclosure are coffer disks.

D. BBUs supply power to cache and coffer disks in the event of unexpected power failure.

Correct Answer: AD

QUESTION 11

Based on the new industrial revolution, what are the changes in the trend of ICT? (Choose all that apply.)

A. ICT is slowly being replaced by other new technologies such as IT and CT.

B. The initial phases of ICT focuses on office automation but slowly changed towards changing business flows.

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 4/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

C. ICT trend is changing slowly with little significant changes.

D. ICT has become the core in the production systems in the recent years.

Correct Answer: BD

QUESTION 12

Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?

A. Solaris

B. AIX

C. FreeBSD

D. Win7

Correct Answer: D

H13-611 Practice Test H13-611 Study Guide H13-611 Braindumps

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 5/6

 https://www.lead4pass.com/h13-611.html
2021 Latest lead4pass H13-611 PDF and VCE dumps Download

To Read the Whole Q&As, please purchase the Complete Version from Our website.

Try our product !

100% Guaranteed Success

100% Money Back Guarantee
365 Days Free Update
Instant Download After Purchase
24x7 Customer Support
Average 99.9% Success Rate
More than 800,000 Satisfied Customers Worldwide
Multi-Platform capabilities - Windows, Mac, Android, iPhone, iPod, iPad, Kindle

We provide exam PDF and VCE of Cisco, Microsoft, IBM, CompTIA, Oracle and other IT Certifications.
You can view Vendor list of All Certification Exams offered:

https://www.lead4pass.com/allproducts

Need Help
Please provide as much detail as possible so we can best assist you.
To update a previously submitted ticket:

Any charges made through this site will appear as Global Simulators Limited.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright © lead4pass, All Rights Reserved.

H13-611 Practice Test | H13-611 Study Guide | H13-611 Braindumps 6/6

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)

 100% Valid and Newest Version H13-611 Questions & Answers shared by Certleader
https://www.certleader.com/H13-611-dumps.html (489 Q&As)

H13-611 Dumps

HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage Network)

https://www.certleader.com/H13-611-dumps.html

The Leader of IT Certification visit - https://www.certleader.com

 100% Valid and Newest Version H13-611 Questions & Answers shared by Certleader
https://www.certleader.com/H13-611-dumps.html (489 Q&As)

NEW QUESTION 1
Which of the following statements about storage file systems is incorrect?

A. NAS file systems include CIFS and NFS.

B. NAS file systems allow multiple servers running different operating systems to share files stored on public storage media.
C. CIFS provides a way for NAS storage devices to share files in the UNIX environment.
D. NFS provides a way for NAS storage devices to share files in the Linux environmen

Answer: C

NEW QUESTION 2
What is typical for a DAS solution? (Multiple Choice)

A. More scaleable in capacity than a SAN solution

B. Consists of a server/host with its locally connected disk drives
C. Sharing of files between DAS solutions is possible via the network.
D. Backups are centrally made on a special backup serve

Answer: BD

NEW QUESTION 3
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3,which of the following statements about mapping a snapshot is true?

A. Mapped snapshots are always Read-Only.

B. Snapshots optionally can be mapped to multiple hosts.
C. Snapshots can only be mapped to a the same host the original LUN was mapped to.
D. All of the answers are true

Answer: B

NEW QUESTION 4
You are tasked to setup a SAN storage system that has the following requirements: (1) To minimize the workload on server resources. (2) Optimize the capabilities
on storage system for deduplication. Select the following options that fits the scenario above.
(Multiple Choice)

A. Use NIC instead of HBA cards to minimize the host resource consumption during I/O operations.
B. Offload the storage processing tasks to the server to optimize the data deduplication.
C. Usage of TCP/IP offload engine technology to do processing on HBA cards on the server to minimize the usage of server resources.
D. Adding hardware acceleration module to the storage system to optimize the performance of data deduplication.

Answer: CD

NEW QUESTION 5
Which of the following statements about the coffer disks of the HUAWEI V3 series storage systems are correct? (Multiple Choice)

A. Coffer disks store cache data to prevent data loss after a power failure.
B. BBUs supply power to cache and coffer disks in the event of unexpected power failure.
C. Coffer disks cannot be used to save service data.
D. The first 2 disks in a controller enclosure are coffer disk

Answer: AB

NEW QUESTION 6
A SAN always uses the same technology to connect to the infrastructure as a NAS.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: B

NEW QUESTION 7
Given this scenario. A company wants replication of data between two data centers that are 2000 km apart. Which replication method is most recommended?

A. Asynchronous
B. Synchronous
C. Both Asynchronous and Synchronous will work.
D. Synchronous but ONLY if the link is a high speed 8 Gb/s fiber optical connectio

Answer: A

NEW QUESTION 8
Huawei V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk enclosures. Which of the following statements about controller enclosures is
correct?

The Leader of IT Certification visit - https://www.certleader.com

 100% Valid and Newest Version H13-611 Questions & Answers shared by Certleader
https://www.certleader.com/H13-611-dumps.html (489 Q&As)

A. When the external power supply fails, BBU modules provide backup power for all disks.
B. When the external power supply fails, BBUs can supply power to enable data synchronization from the cache to disks in disk enclosures.
C. If BBUs become faulty, the service system will be interrupted.
D. When the power input is normal, BBUs are in the standby stat

Answer: B

NEW QUESTION 9
Which of the following are deployment modes of cloud computing? (Multiple Choice)

A. Public cloud
B. Private cloud
C. Hybrid cloud
D. E-Government cloud

Answer: ABC

NEW QUESTION 10
Match the RAID level with the characteristics. (1) RAID 0 (2) RAID 5 (3) RAID 10 (4) RAID 6 (a) Cost effective (b) Allows double disk failure (c) Highest
performance (d) No data protection

A. 1-a; 2-d; 3-b; 4-c

B. 1-d; 2-a; 3-c; 4-b
C. 1-d; 2-a; 3-b; 4-c
D. 1-a; 2-b; 3-c; 4-d

Answer: B

NEW QUESTION 11
A device can have one WWPN but multiple WWNN's.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: B

NEW QUESTION 12
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and servers after after a disaster has occured,

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: B

NEW QUESTION 13
What is the main difference between desktop grade hard drives with enterprise grade hard drives which is the deciding factor in hard drive usage?

A. The presence of mechanical parts.

B. The performance of the hard drive.
C. The capacity of hard drive.
D. The lifespan of hard drive.

Answer: B

NEW QUESTION 14
Which of the following statements is NOT true? (Multiple Choice)

A. CIFS is a network-based sharing protoco

B. It has high demands on network transmission reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.
C. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
D. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protoco
E. NFS can be automatically recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot
F. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversio

Answer: BD

NEW QUESTION 15
SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers through network.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

The Leader of IT Certification visit - https://www.certleader.com

 100% Valid and Newest Version H13-611 Questions & Answers shared by Certleader
https://www.certleader.com/H13-611-dumps.html (489 Q&As)

NEW QUESTION 16
What is a storage array?

A. system that handles the communication of data from end users to its storage location and provide confirmation on successful storage.
B. A system that manages the network functions and carries the data traffic from host to storage.
C. A system that has the management software that can provide access to its sets of hard drives ortape libraries for the purpose of data access and storage.
D. A system that handles the interconnection of hosts to disks drives and allows hosts to directly access the disks and use it as local drives.

Answer: C

NEW QUESTION 17
Which of the following best describes SDN?

A. Using a software program to manage your network.

B. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.
C. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
D. Using hardware to manage the networ

Answer: C

NEW QUESTION 18
In an ICT infrastructure the servers can run different operating systems like Windows, Linux, AIX.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

NEW QUESTION 19
Which is the correct formation order of the following elements in RAID 2.0+?

A. LUN -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LD

B. LD -> CKG -> CK -> Extent -> LUN
C. LD -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LUN
D. LD -> Extent -> CKG -> CK -> LUN

Answer: C

NEW QUESTION 20
Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies. Statement 2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.

A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are fals

Answer: A

NEW QUESTION 21
......

The Leader of IT Certification visit - https://www.certleader.com

 100% Valid and Newest Version H13-611 Questions & Answers shared by Certleader
https://www.certleader.com/H13-611-dumps.html (489 Q&As)

Thank You for Trying Our Product

* 100% Pass or Money Back

All our products come with a 90-day Money Back Guarantee.
* One year free update
You can enjoy free update one year. 24x7 online support.
* Trusted by Millions
We currently serve more than 30,000,000 customers.
* Shop Securely
All transactions are protected by VeriSign!

100% Pass Your H13-611 Exam with Our Prep Materials Via below:

https://www.certleader.com/H13-611-dumps.html

The Leader of IT Certification visit - https://www.certleader.com

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)
Huawei.H13-611.v2019-06-17.q25
Exam Code: H13-611
Exam Name: HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage Network)
Certification Provider: Huawei
Free Question Number: 25
Version: v2019-06-17
# of views: 791
# of Questions views: 3632
https://www.freecram.com/torrent/Huawei.H13-611.v2019-06-17.q25.html

NEW QUESTION: 1
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Choose all
that apply.)
A. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system
failure.
B. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple
reachable paths to the same LUN.
C. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
D. Maps a LUN to the host.
Answer: A,B,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 2
Which of the following are the 3 layers of components that storage systems are made up
of? (Choose three.)
A. Storage Analysis
B. Storage Software
C. Storage Hardware
D. Storage Solution
Answer: B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 3
Grid storage employs the combination of large scale serial distributed storage to provide
even distribution of storage across all nodes.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 4
Which of the following statements is incorrect?
A. Physical volumes reside on the lowest layer in the logical volume manager. Logical
volumes and volume groups are dependent on physical volumes.
B. A logical volume can reside on multiple physical disks. Data storage can be physically
discontinuous.
C. Multiple volume groups can be created on the space of a logical volume.
D. A volume group is built on physical volumes. A volume group can contain one physical
volume group or multiple physical volumes.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation/Reference:

NEW QUESTION: 5
Which of the following is not the benefits of converged storage systems?
A. The same device is able to provide both block storage and file storage.
B. Unified management of storage resources.
C. Saving of rack space due to integration of equipment into one device.
D. Converged storage system has better data protection compared to other non-converged
systems.
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 6
Statement 1: A disk drive with a high latency performs better than a disk drive with a low
latency.
Statement 2: A smaller seek time means that the disk performs better.
A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 7
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage
system when you use RAID 2.0+.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 8
Which of the following operating systems supports the CIFS protocol natively?
A. AIX
B. Win7
C. Solaris
D. FreeBSD
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 9
Statement 1: Every time a tape is used to restore data, some data will be lost.
Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.
A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
B. Statements 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statements 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 10
Based on common ICT architecture, what effect does network latency have on the
performance of networks?
A. Low latency will cause network performance to drop.
B. Higher latency allows more data to be transmitted.
C. Higher latency has better network performance.
D. Low latency allows quicker data transmission in networks.
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 11
The restore time objective (RTO) specifies the time needed to recover the data and
servers after a disaster has occurred.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 12
Data and Information are the same thing.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 13
Statement 1: If possible it is always advised to make only Full Backups.
Statement 2: LAN free backups typically run slower than LAN based backups.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 14
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server? (Choose all that
apply.)
A. SMB
B. NFS
C. Novell Control Protocol
D. CIFS
Answer: B,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 15
Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk
components. (Choose all that apply.)
A. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.
B. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
C. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
D. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.
Answer: A,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 16
When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is traditional Tape
backup.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611

Exam! PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the
PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers
have been corrected get the newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test
Engine here: https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html
(490 Q&As Dumps, 40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 17
Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.
Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of UltraPath for different operating systems.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 18
IP SAN uses underlying optical networks to connect servers and storage systems.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 19
SAN is a storage architecture that connects storage device and application servers through
network.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 20
Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.
Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible
scenario.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 21
Which statement is true?
A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.
B. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.
C. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
D. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 22
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, which of the following statements about mapping a snapshot is
true?
A. Snapshots optionally can be mapped to multiple hosts.
B. Snapshots can only be mapped to the same host the original LUN was mapped to.
C. All of the answers are true.
D. Mapped snapshots are always Read-Only
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 23
Which of the following best describes SDN?
A. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
B. Using a software program to manage your network.
C. The virtualization of network services to achieve better efficiency and scalability.
D. Using hardware to manage the network.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 24
Given this scenario. A company wants replication of data between two data centers that
are 2000 km apart. Which replication method is most recommended?
A. Synchronous
B. Asynchronous
C. Synchronous but ONLY if the link is a high speed 8 Gb/s fiber optical connection
D. Both Asynchronous and Synchronous will work
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 25
Which of the following is NOT a component in an IP SAN?
A. Ethernet switch
B. NIC
C. Fibre Channel switch
D. iSCSI storage device
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611

Exam! PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the
PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers
have been corrected get the newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test
Engine here: https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html
(490 Q&As Dumps, 40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)
Huawei.H13-611.v2020-10-14.q171
Exam Code: H13-611
Exam Name: HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building the Structure of Storage Network)
Certification Provider: Huawei
Free Question Number: 171
Version: v2020-10-14
# of views: 196
# of Questions views: 3370
https://www.freecram.com/torrent/Huawei.H13-611.v2020-10-14.q171.html

NEW QUESTION: 1
Which of the following is NOT a port name in Fibre Channel.
A. U_Port
B. TX_Port
C. E_Port
D. FL_Port
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 2
Statement 1: a snapshot of a ThinLUN at creation does not occupy storage capacity. The
snapshot of a ThickLUN at creation immediately occupies storage capacity.
Statement 2: When a snapshot of a ThickLUN exists, there is always space available to store
changes to the original data.
A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 3
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3,what statement is true about SmartThin LUNs?
A. SmartThin LUNs consume just a little storage capacity at the time they are created.
B. SmartThin must be enabled on all LUNs of a storage pool.
C. A Thin LUN cannot be converted into a Thick LUN.
D. Space will be reclaimed in all Windows operating systems when data is deleted in the OS.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 4
The following description of common storage protocols is correct?
A. The ATA protocol uses a parallel interface, which can only be built-in and requires cable length
B. The SCSI protocol does not support hot swap
C. A SAS domain can connect 15 devices
D. FC protocol has good compatibility and long transmission distance
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Analysis: Both SCSI and SAS support hot swapping; a SAS domain can support up to 16384
devices.

NEW QUESTION: 5
The FCoE protocol refers to encapsulating the FC protocol into a TCP/IP protocol package and
transmitting it on Ethernet.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Analysis: FCoE is for 10G Ethernet. Enhanced Ethernet can support multiple transmission types,
including FCoE and TCP/IP

NEW QUESTION: 6
In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications
must be pauzed during the replication update process.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
NEW QUESTION: 7
Which is a typical application example of PaaS?
A. Microsoft Azure
B. Amazone Elastic Compute cloud
C. Microsoft Office365
D. Webmail
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 8
What is the correct description of RAID 5 as follows? (Multiple choice)
A. RAID 5 has a fixed check disk
B. RAID 5 is verified by XOR algorithm
C. RAID 5 uses striping to write data
D. RAID 5 allows up to two member disks to fail simultaneously without data loss
Answer: B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Analysis: RAID 5 is an improved version of RAID 3 that uses striping and calculates parity
information.

NEW QUESTION: 9
Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.
B. Improves system reliability.
C. Reduces system performance.
D. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count
of the suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
Answer: A,B,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 10
What is the correct sequence of the overall reconstruction process?
1. Query all CKGs with CK falling on the faulty disk
2. Assign hot spare CK to all these CKGs
3. Update CKG information and release the reconstructed CK
4. Write the reconstructed data to the hot standby CK
5. Through the RAID algorithm, calculate the data on the failed disk based on the data on the
normal disk and the check disk
A. 5->1->2->3->4
B. 5->2->1->4->3
C. 1->2->3->5->4
D. 1->2->5->4->3
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 11
Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?
A. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape
B. Virtual Tape Library
C. Disk-To-Tape
D. Replication
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 12
In the backup system, the data that needs to be backed up must go through the media server
before being stored in the backup medium.
A. FALSE
B. right
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 13
In which layer in the architecture of a typical Big Data processing system does the data mining
and business intelligence process are performed?
A. Data Storage Layer.
B. Data Processing Layer
C. Data Analysis Layer.
D. Application/Presentation Layer.
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 14
Storage cache can optimize the speed of the storage system.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 15
When using LAN-based backups it is best to create a dedicated backup network.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 16
Which of the following allows direct physical access to end users?
A. Clients.
B. Backup System.
C. Network Switch.
D. Storage Array.
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 17
Regarding the four disaster recovery modes of HyperMetro, Hot Standby, Warm Standby, and
Cold Standby, is the following statement wrong?
A. HyperMetro technology can realize that both the main and backup data centers provide
services to the outside world. During normal operation, the business of the two data centers can
Do load sharing based on weights, there is no difference between master and backup, and
respond to some users separately. The weight can be divided by region, or number According to
the center's service capacity or external bandwidth
B. Warm standby technology. When a data center failure causes the service to become
unavailable, within the specified RTO time, you can Automatically switch the service to a backup
data center
C. The hot standby business is responded by the main data center. When a data center failure
causes the business to be unavailable, the Within RTO time, the service can be automatically
switched to the backup data center
D. The biggest feature of multi-activity is that it will not cause waste of resources in the data
center, and the data center carries application business operations.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Analysis: The warm standby technology is implemented on the basis of the active and standby
data centers, provided that there are two active and standby data centers.
The standby data center is deployed for warm standby, and application services are responded to
by the primary data center.
When the service is unavailable, it is necessary to realize the overall switching of the data center
within the specified RTO time. When realizing the main data When the center switches, it is
necessary to disconnect the main data center routing link and connect the backup data center
routing link to ensure the same time There is only one data center online. The warm-up
technology is still a manual method, and someone needs to be on duty 24 hours to complete the
operation.
The work effect is low.

NEW QUESTION: 18
Statement 1: For RAID 2.0+ to work optimally multiple disk domains must be created. Statement
2: A disk domain with 100 disks in it has better RAID 2.0+ protection and performance
characteristics than a disk domain with 50 disks.
A. Statements1 and 2 are both true.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 19
IP drift supports drifting between different types of interface modules.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 20
In the RHEL 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 device in the dev
directory to the mnt directory sdb5 directory?
A. ln /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
B. df /dev/sdb5 mnt/sdb5
C. mount /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
D. cat /dev/sdb5 /mmt/sdb5
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 21
What are the application scenarios of the SAN solution? (Multiple choice)
A. Disaster recovery
B. Data sharing
C. Data backup
D. Storage sharing
Answer: A,B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 22
Which are characteristics of the HUAWEI OceanStor V3 hardware?
(Multiple Choice)
A. SAN and NAS convergence
B. SSD and HDD convergence
C. Primary and Backup convergence
D. No need for heterogeneous convergence anymore
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 23
When the Windows copy program copies local files to the file system, the file system block size of
the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system is the default, which ensures the full use of storage
space.
A, right B, wrong answer: B
The SmartCache feature in Huawei OceanStor V3 series products can only improve read
performance, not write performance.
A. right
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Analysis: The SmartCache feature improves the access efficiency of read hotspot data in the
storage system by copying the read hotspot data to the SmartCache pool.

NEW QUESTION: 24
The advantages and disadvantages of the disaster recovery technology of the host layer, network
layer and array layer, the following statement is correct? (Multiple choice)
A. For host layer disaster recovery, host layer replication will occupy certain host resources,
which will affect the application system
B. The initial construction cost of network layer disaster recovery is relatively low, and many
manufacturers can provide solutions
C. Array layer disaster recovery, the arrays at both ends must be products of the same
manufacturer, unable to solve the heterogeneous problem
D. Host layer disaster recovery is implemented on the host side, without considering the
compatibility between the underlying devices
Answer: A,D (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Resolution:
NEW QUESTION: 25
Which of the following is an example of unstructured data?
(Multiple Choice)
A. SQL Databases
B. Video
C. NoSQL Databases
D. Images
Answer: B,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 26
The RTO in the disaster recovery system measurement index refers to the point in time when the
system and data must be recovered after the disaster begging.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 27
A device can only have one WWPN, but it can have multiple WWNNs.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
NEW QUESTION: 28
In disaster recovery applications, the HyperMirror function (remote data replication) can only be
accessed between two OceanStor 5300 V3 Yes, it cannot be performed between OceanStor
5500 V3 and OceanStor 5300 V3.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 29
In data backup and recovery, application testing and data analysis scenarios. HyperClone
supports up to 1 master: 8 slave LUN mode. The knowledge points come from HCNA-Storage
V3.0 textbooks and official product documentation.
The following descriptions for SAN and NAS are correct: (multiple choices)
A. SAN is more used in the database scenario to store this structured data.
B. Now NAS is for unstructured data storage, such as the sharing of key office documents and
centralized storage by many department employees. file server.
C. The characteristic of NAS is to put the file system of the server in the storage, so that the
server needs to share data through the network.
D. DAS, NAS, and SAN are all external storage, so storage resource sharing can be easily
achieved.
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 30
There are two descriptions about backups:
Description 1: You can use the data backed up on the tape for data recovery at any time, but you
can only recover to the backup moment Historical data, not the data at the time of failure.
Description 2: Using tape as the backup medium is the highest RTO backup method.
A. Description 1 is wrong, description 2 is wrong
B. description 1 is wrong, description 2 is right
C. description 1 is correct, description 2 is correct
D. Description 1 is right, description 2 is wrong
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 31
Which of the following is a valid protocol for a UNIX-based NAS server?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Novell Control Protocol
B. SMB
C. NFS
D. CIFS
Answer: B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 32
Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?
A. BBU module
B. Fan module
C. Expansion module
D. Power module
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 33
Xiao Wang, an employee of a company, serves as the storage system administrator of the
company. When he uses two sets of OceanStor5500 V3 as a disaster recovery solution, only one
of them is required to configure data remote replication software.
A. FALSE
B. right
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 34
What applies to unstructured data? (Multiple Choice)
A. Large capacity, rapid growth.
B. Uncertain value.
C. After being written, the data is not often modified.
D. Long-term storage required.
Answer: A,B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 35
Select which of the following which is not a properties of Distributed Object Storage Architecture.
A. Online expansion.
B. Automatic load balancing.
C. Centralized nodes.
D. Global namespace.
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 36
Which of the following statements is NOT true for a SAN solution?
A. Multiple protocols possible.
B. Contains no Single Points Of Failure.
C. Block based storage.
D. Long distance connections not possible.
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 37
Match the correct functionalities together: (1) IaaS (2) Hybrid (3) SaaS (a) Combination of public
and private (b) Applications are hosted externally (c) Hardware is outsourced.
A. 1-b; 2-c; 3-a
B. 1-b; 2-a; 3-c
C. 1-a; 2-b; 3-c
D. 1-c; 2-a; 3-b
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 38
The following are the key characteristics of cloud computing:
A. The resource pool used by the user has nothing to do with the exact geographic location of the
resource pool
B. It can quickly and flexibly provide users with capabilities, such as computing power and
storage capacity.
C. Charge based on the actual usage of the user
D. users can self-service on demand
Answer: A,B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 39
Which of the following are the supported data storage architecture of modern storage array?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Fusion Storage.
B. Object Storage,
C. File Storage,
D. Block Storage.
Answer: B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 40
A company is mainly used for file system sharing in Linux, UNIX, Mac OS and VMware operating
system environments.
Which of the following file access protocols is suitable for this company?
A. HTTP
B. Telnet
C. NFS
D. CIFS
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 41
Lifecycle Management Of Information and Data consists of 5 different stages. Which of the
following is the second stage?
A. Maintenance.
B. Transmission.
C. Usage.
D. Generation.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 42
What are the common time indicators for measuring the reliability of a system? (Multiple choice)
A. Effective
B. reliability
C. Average failure time
D. Mean time between failures
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 43
The following two descriptions about cloud computing,
Description 1. A deployment model of cloud computing is to divide a large physical server into
multiple small virtual machines; Description 2. A deployment model of cloud computing is to
aggregate multiple small physical servers into one mainframe.
A. Description 1 is wrong, description 2 is correct
B. description 1 and description 2 are wrong
C. Description 1 is correct, description 2 is incorrect
D. description 1 and description 2 are correct
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 44
What is wrong about the snapshot technology below?
A. When manually creating a snapshot for a file system, it will not be possible to create a new file
system for the file system if it exceeds the product specification limit
'S snapshot
B. When rolling back a file system snapshot, you must cancel the shared mount of the source file
system
C. When creating a periodic snapshot for the file system, the storage system automatically
deletes the earliest created snapshot and automatically generates a new snapshot Photos
D. After opening multiple snapshots on the same file system, roll back to one of the snapshots.
After the rollback is complete, the target will be deleted All snapshots after the snapshot creation
time
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 45
Which of the following RAID levels has the lowest hard disk space utilization?
A. RAID 5
B. RAID 3
C. RAID 1
D. RAID 0
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 46
Database data belongs to structured data, and audio and video data belong to unstructured data.
The growth comes mainly from the rapid growth of unstructured data.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 47
The following two descriptions are correct:
Description 1: Synchronous remote replication, when the primary storage fails, the amount of data
lost can be
0.
Description 2: When the host is a Linux-based file system, asynchronous remote replication must
be used.
A. description 1 and description 2 are wrong
B. Description 1 wrong, description 2 pairs
C. Description 1 pair, description 2 wrong
D. description 1 and description 2 are correct
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 48
In the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system, which of the following descriptions about SmartThin
LUN is correct?
A. When creating a thin LUN, it cannot be allocated a larger capacity than the available free
space in the storage pool
B. Thin LUN cannot be converted into Thick LUN
C. When creating a thin LUN, the initial allocated capacity can be used without specifying
D. The types of LUNs on a storage pool must be the same, either all are Thin LUNs or all are
Thick LUNs
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation
Resolution: When Thin LUN is created, an initial allocated capacity can be set. After the creation
is complete, the storage pool Pool only The initial capacity is allocated, and the remaining space
is still placed in the storage pool. When the thin LUN has been allocated When the storage space
usage reaches the threshold, the storage system will allocate a certain quota from the pool to the
thin LUN. in this way Repeat until the full capacity of the Thin LUN is initially set. Therefore, it has
a high storage space utilization rate.

NEW QUESTION: 49
Which of the following statements is incorrect?
A. A RAID group is like a physical volume that consists of multiple disks.
B. Multiple logical volumes can be created on a physical volume.
C. One logical volume can be created on a physical volume.
D. A LUN can reside on multiple RAID groups.The
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 50
The dual switch network design is widely used in the FC SAN environment. The following
description of the dual switch network redundancy design, Which ones are correct? (Multiple
choice)
A. Each host requires 2 available FC ports, and connects the two ports to different switches
B. The host port and storage device port on the switch that need to communicate must be in the
same zone
C. Deploy two FC switches in a SAN environment to cross connect to the two controllers of the
storage device
D. Although there are multiple paths, the dual-switch network only supports link redundancy and
does not support load balancing
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 51
There are two descriptions about fiber switches below, the correct ones are:
Description 1: A port can be in multiple zones.
Description 2: A switch can have multiple zones.
A. description 1 and description 2 are wrong
B. description 1 and description 2 are correct
C. description 1 wrong, description 2 right
D. Description 1 pair, description 2 wrong
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 52
A host connected to a switch port cannot belong to multiple zones, but can only be divided into a
zone in.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 53
The following description about the characteristics of the LAN-BASED backup method is
incorrect:
A. The backup business needs to be maintained separately, increasing the difficulty of
management and maintenance
B. The backup proxy will affect the performance of the application server
C. The instruction flow passes through the LAN network, the data flow does not pass through the
LAN network
D. Backup data is based on LAN, which affects network performance
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 54
Which mirroring scenarios are mainly used in HyperMirror? (Multiple choices)
A. Cooperate with the heterogeneous virtualization function to realize the mirroring of the LUN of
the heterogeneous array and the array
B. Cooperate with the heterogeneous virtualization function to realize the mirroring of two
heterogeneous LUNs
C. Mirroring of two LUNs in this array
D. The mirrors of the two LUNs of the volume mirror are not under the same home controller
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)
NEW QUESTION: 55
What is a storage array?
A. A system that has the management software that can provide access to its sets of hard drives
or tape libraries for the purpose of data access and storage.
B. system that handles the communication of data from end users to its storage location and
provide confirmation on successful storage.
C. A system that handles the interconnection of hosts to disks drives and allows hosts to directly
access the disks and use it as local drives.
D. A system that manages the network functions and carries the data traffic from host to storage.
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 56
What is wrong about the relationship between FC protocol and SCSI protocol?
A. SCSI is the upper layer protocol of FC4, SCSI is a subset of FC protocol
B. FC is an alternative to SCSI
C. FC can transmit SCSI commands, data and status information units by constructing frames
D. FC or iSCSI protocol is used to carry the SCSI protocol, is an extension of the SCSI protocol
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 57
Two CKs in a CKG of RAID2.0+ can come from the same hard disk.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation
Resolution:
CKG is a logical storage unit composed of CKs from different hard drives in the same DG
according to the RAID algorithm.
The smallest unit of resources allocated by the pool from the hard disk domain.

NEW QUESTION: 58
Which of the following operations is a daily maintenance item in data center storage?
A. Check the computer room environment
B. View and handle alarms
C. Inspection storage equipment
D. Check the internal environment of the rack
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 59
The amount of data in an incremental backup is larger than that in a differential backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation
Resolution:

NEW QUESTION: 60
Select the features that are commonly available in High End storage systems.
(Multiple Choice)
A. Second-level Data Copying
B. Global Cache
C. SSD Optimization
D. ATA Drive Optimization
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 61
The server with Linux operating system installed accesses the disk array based on the RAID 5
strategy.
The order is:
A. File system->Application system->Volume->I/O subsystem->RAID controller->Disk
B. Application System->File System->Volume->I/O Subsystem->RAID Controller->Disk
C. Application system->File system->I/O subsystem->Volume->RAID controller->Disk
DApplication system->File system->Volume->RAID controller->I/O subsystem->Disk
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation
Resolution: IO subsystem first and then volume.

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 62
Statement 1: NAS solutions are always file based.
Statement 2: NAS solutions are mostly limited in distance because Ethernet cables are used.
A. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 63
You need to manually set free disks as hot spare disks in a Huawei OceanStor V3 storage
system when you use RAID 2.0+.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)
NEW QUESTION: 64
Which of the following statements about switched fabric topology in Fibre Channel SANs is NOT
true?
A. The fault of one node in a zone does not affect services on nodes in other zones.
B. It is the most widely used topology that supports a maximum of 127 devices.
C. Multiple pairs of nodes connecting to switches can communicate simultaneously.
D. The switches leverage zoning to manage network structure and provide the best
interconnection form.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 65
The following description of IOPS is wrong:
A. If the IO writes a large piece of continuous data every time the channel is changed
infrequently, what is done every second at this time IO frequency is relatively low
B. How many times IO can be performed per second, each IO is fixed according to the size of the
written data
C. If the smallest data block is written each time under the condition of infrequent lane change,
such as 512 bytes, then the IOPS will be the highest value
D. If the head frequently changes lanes, and the data written each time is relatively large, then the
IOPS should be the lowest number of this disk value
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 66
A device has only one WWNN number, but it can have multiple WWPN numbers.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 67
Select the correct statements that describes the properties of Distributed Storage Architecture.
(Multiple Choice)
A. The storage nodes are centralized.
B. Non concurrent I/O access.
C. The storage nodes are non centralized.
D. Concurrent I/O access.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 68
Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Multiple Choice)
A. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
B. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable
paths to the same LUN.
C. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
D. Maps a LUN to the host
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 69
Incremental backups must rely on the last full backup and the last incremental backup to perform
data recovery Complete recovery, data reconstruction during recovery is slower than full backup,
and recovery window is larger.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 70
Which of the following descriptions of RAID technology are correct? (Multiple choice)
A. The performance of all RAID levels increases linearly with the increase in the number of
member disks
B. The current RAID technology only uses the parity mechanism to protect the data
C. Not every RAID technology can improve write performance
D. In RAID 0, multiple hard drives are accessed simultaneously (parallel access), speeding up
data access performance
Answer: C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 71
Which of the following is the correct configuration process for Huawei OceanStor V3 storage
system?
A. Create storage pool -> add mapping -> create LUN
B. Create LUN->Create storage pool->Add mapping
C. Create LUN->Add Mapping->Create Storage Pool
D. Create storage pool -> create LUN -> add mapping
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 72
Extent of RAID2.0+ technology is the basic unit of which technology in the storage pool? (Multiple
choice)
A. Application space
B. Free up space
C. Statistics
D. Data migration
Answer: A,B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Analysis: Extent is a fixed-size logical storage space divided on the basis of CKG, the size is
adjustable, and it is a hot data system.
The smallest unit of accounting and migration (data migration granularity) is also the smallest unit
of applying space and releasing space in the storage pool.

NEW QUESTION: 73
What are the current challenges of disaster recovery? (Multiple choice)
A. The cloudization trend of IT systems is becoming more and more obvious, and many virtual
machines also need to provide protection. The current disaster recovery construction is lacking
Lack of unified management system
B. Various applications and inconvenient management
C. Data sharing and other capabilities are limited by the physical location of the data, and
applications and data cannot be separated, and agile applications and Better disaster tolerance
D. Disaster recovery construction requires expensive investment
Answer: A,B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 74
Which of the following cloud service model deals with providing storage, network servers and
virtualization of resources?
A. Software As A Service
B. Infrastructure As A Service (IaaS)
C. Platform As A Service (PaaS)
D. Storage As A Service (IaaS)
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 75
The following are the characteristics of the clustered NAS storage architecture: (multiple choice)
A. High performance, multiple arrays concurrent I/O
B. Unified namespace, shared globally
C. Online expansion
D. can provide block-level storage
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 76
In storage systems, what does throughput refers to?
A. Amount of signals that can be sent or received by processors in a period of time.
B. Amount of calculations that can be processed in a period of time.
C. Amount of data that can be transmitted and received over network in a period of time.
D. Amount of data that can be received and written to the storage medium in a period of time.
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)
 Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 77
A bank needs to ensure data security and use it to transfer large databases. What kind of storage
network architecture is the bank suitable for?
A. DAS
B. IP SAN
C. FC SAN
D. NAS
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 78
Most data generated by the Internet industry is structured data, amounting to 80% of total data.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 79
Why storage systems has more than one storage controllers in the Dual Storage Controller
Architecture?
A. To provide redundancy in case of failure of a single controller.
B. Single storage controller architecture is obsolete.
C. To have more energy savings since the performance is doubled.
D. 2 controllers can complete a single I/O operation much faster.
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 80
Host-level disaster recovery has less investment and better compatibility.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 81
Which is the correct formation order of the following elements in RAID 2.0+?
A. LUN -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LD
B. LD -> CK -> CKG -> Extent -> LUN
C. LD -> Extent -> CKG -> CK -> LUN
D. LD -> CKG -> CK -> Extent -> LUN
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 82
Cloud computing business models are: (multiple choices)
A. MaaS
B. SaaS
C. PaaS
D. IaaS
Answer: B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 83
Xiao Wang, an employee of a company, did the following in the company's storage system: 9:00
Take a snapshot of LUN A and activate it Alive, all the data of the snapshot LUN and the source
LUN were modified at 10:00, and the snapshot was rolled back at 11:00.
The following instructions are correct? (Multiple choice)
A. The data of the source LUN is the modified data at 10:00
B. After the snapshot is rolled back, the data of the source LUN becomes the data of the modified
snapshot LUN at 10:00
C. The data in the copy space before COW is 9:00 LUN A
D. The data in the copy space before COW is 10:00 LUN A data
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 84
Which is NOT the limitation of DAS, compared with SAN?
A. Large investment
B. Decentralized management
C. Poor scalability
D. Difficult resource sharing
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 85
The following different types of SSD disks have the lowest unit capacity price:
A. eMLC
B. cMLC
C. TLC
D. SLC
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 86
What is the main difference between mechanical drives such as SAS with solid state
drives(SSD)?
A. The capacity of hard drive.
B. The presence of mechanical parts.
C. The lifespan of hard drive.
D. The performance of the hard drive.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 87
Which of the following system model is a direct representation of the SCSI connection between
the SCSI Initiator and Target?
A. Serverless Architecture.
B. Browser/Client Architecture.
C. Peer to Peer Architecture.
D. Client/Server Architecture.
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 88
What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Better environmental adaptability
B. Faster read/write speed for random access
C. Larger capacity
D. Longer service life
Answer: A,B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 89
Which of the following descriptions of NAS solutions are correct? (Multiple choice)
A. IP network interconnection between NAS client and NAS storage device
B. Mainly use CIFS and NFS protocols
C. Can provide external sharing through FC network
D. NAS provides storage resources through file-level data access and sharing
Answer: A,B,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 90
Which of the following describe DAS? (Multiple Choice)
A. The host CPU has a work load when storing data.
B. A storage device connects to a host using the SCSI-based bus architecture.
C. DAS is unfavorable to storage resource sharing,
D. Long-distance transmission is supported between a host and a storage device.
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 91
When a company's customers need to complete data migration between devices, what features
can be used to complete? (Multiple choices)
A. Remote replication
B. LUN copy
C. SmartMigration
D. clone
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation
Analysis: SmartMigration (LUN migration): Ability to implement services on the source LUN
without interrupting host services Completely and transparently migrate to the target LUN, and
use the target LUN to completely replace the source LUN after the migration is completed.
Perception. HyperReplication (remote replication): provides users with flexible and powerful data
replication functions, through remote replication The system can realize remote backup and
recovery of data, continuous business data support, and disaster recovery of data. Includes sync
remote Replication and asynchronous remote replication. HyperClone (clone) can achieve LUN
level without interrupting host business The complete backup of data can be used in scenarios
such as data backup and recovery, application testing and data analysis. HyperCopy (LUN Copy)
can copy the data in the source LUN to the local target LUN or the target LUN on other storage
Now data migration, distribution and backup.

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 92
OceanStor 5300 V3 is a dual-controller converged storage product, which must ensure the
working controller and attribution control of the LUN The controller is consistent.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)
NEW QUESTION: 93
Which command is used to query the version of a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system?
A. uname -a
B. find version
C. show version
D. cat version
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 94
Which statement is true?
A. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 128 MB.
B. An extent can be 128 MB, but a grain is always 64 kB.
C. An extent can be as small as 512 kB and as large as 64 MB.
D. An extent can be as small as 64 MB and as large as 512 MB.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 95
Match the operating system with the protocol. The operating systems include:1.Windows 2.Linux
3.Apple OSX; The protocols incude: A-NFS B - CIFS C - SMB
A. 1 - A+D; 2 - A+B; 3 - A .
B. 1 - C ; 2 - A+D; 3 - A.
C. 1-A; 2-C; 3-A.
D. 1 - B+C; 2 - A ; 3 - A .
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 96
Select the correct statements that describes the properties of Distributed Object Storage
Architecture.
(Multiple Choice)
A. Clients can pinpoint the location of targeted data without metadata servers,
B. Does not support x86 servers.
C. Metadata servers manages the access requests.
D. Multi node concurrent I/O connection.
Answer: C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 97
What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head
when the head is on the correct track?
A. Throughput
B. Seek time
C. Rotational latency
D. Rotational speed
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 98
Which of the following statements is NOT true? (Multiple Choice)
A. NFS is a stateless protocol while CIFS is a stateful protocol. NFS can be automatically
recovered from a fault while CIFS cannot
B. CIFS is a network-based sharing protocol. It has high demands on network transmission
reliability, so it usually uses TCP/IP.
C. Both the CIFS as well as the NFS protocol requires file format conversion.
D. One disadvantage of CIFS is that Windows clients must be equipped with dedicated software.
Answer: C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 99
Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?
A. Backup media
B. Backup policy
C. Backup software
D. Backup server
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 100

Description 1: The CIFS share provided by a company's storage system is a public directory and
can be accessed by users with permissions.
Description 2: A company's storage system sets Homedir sharing so that different users can only
access the same user name Private directory.
A. Description 1 is wrong, description 2 is correct
B. Description 1 is correct, description 2 is correct
C. Description 1 error, description 2 error
D. Description 1 is correct, description 2 is incorrect
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 101

Select the correct statements about the structure and functions of the hard disk components.
(Choose all that apply.)
A. The disk connector is responsible of connection and rotation of the platter.
B. The actuator is responsible of moving the Read/Write arm.
C. Disk platter is responsible of storing data in binary form.
D. The spindle is responsible for sending commands to the disk head.
Answer: B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)
NEW QUESTION: 102
The HyperSnap functionality can be used to improve or optimize a company's backup strategy.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 103

When the RPO is minutes instead of hours the best backup method is traditional Tape backup.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 104

What are the following descriptions of the three iSCSI connection methods?
A. The hardware TOE network card + initiator software connection method reduces the pressure
on the host resources
B. The connection mode of the Ethernet card + initiator software does not occupy the host
resources at all
C. The iSCSI HBA card completes the TCP/IP protocol conversion without occupying host
resources at all
D. TOE network card completes the conversion of iSCSI packets to TCP/IP packets
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 105

Compare NAS storage and SAN storage in terms of principle, performance, cost, sharing, and
application scenarios.
Which of the following descriptions is correct? (Multiple choice)
A. SAN is mainly suitable for file sharing scenarios, sharing is more convenient
B. SAN is a high-speed fiber-connected disk network. It provides disk resources to the host. It has
no file system and is equivalent to a network.
C. NAS is a storage device with a file system. Sharing files through the network is equivalent to a
host in the network.
D. NAS performance is higher than SAN, cost is higher than SAN
Answer: B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 106

A device can have one WWPN but multiple WWNN's.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
 Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 107

Statement 1: RAID 2.0+ is NOT based on traditional RAID technologies.
Statement 2: RAID 2.0+ has excellent rebuild characteristics.
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 108

The OceanStor 6800 V3 frame itself can be configured with four controllers or only two
controllers. If configured as dual control The power supply and BBU are fully configured, and the
interface cards and controllers are all arranged in the upper row.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 109

Which of the following are correct steps in a LAN based backup job?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Backup server sends a "start-backup" command to the backup device.
B. Backup media server sends data to the backup device.
C. Agent on application server sends data to the backup device.
D. Agent on application server sends data to backup media server,
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 110

In HUAWEI OceanStor V3,HyperSnap of a LUN uses the Copy On Write method to keep track of
changes blocks
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)
NEW QUESTION: 111
The data center is an infrastructure built for accessing and carrying server services. According to
the business, the data center can be Divided into: (multiple choices)
A. Enterprise data center
B. Cloud data center
C. Carrier data center
D. Internet Data Center
Answer: A,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 112

A government unit adopts Huawei's two-site, three-center solution for disaster recovery
construction, and its business is mainly concentrated from 8:00 to 18:00.
What is wrong with the following approach?
A. When doing remote replication, a consistency group should be created according to the
business of the unit, and related businesses are placed in a consistents
B. The time period for data synchronization between the production center and the disaster
recovery center should be selected when the business volume at night is small
C. You can use the BCManager software to set the data synchronization period
D. Production centers and remote disaster recovery centers should use synchronous remote
replication
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 113

What are the characteristics of big data? (Multiple choice)
A. Large capacity and fast growth rate
B. Write once, modify many times
C. The value of data is uncertain
D. Long storage time
Answer: A,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 114

What is wrong with the following description of DAS?
A. DAS refers to the storage device is directly connected to the server through a SCSI cable or
Fibre Channel
B. When the server and the storage device are directly connected, new application requirements
arise, only for the newly added server Separate storage device configuration, resulting in
repeated investment
C. The data in DAS mode is still scattered, and each application has a set of storage devices.
Management is decentralized and cannot be centralized
D. DAS storage space can be fully utilized, storage devices that can be shared by different
application servers, fully Leverage idle storage space
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 115

The multipath load balancing strategy used by Huawei OceanStor V3 storage products is the
default?
A. Polling
B. Minimum queue depth
C. the minimum task
D. Minimum IO number
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Resolution: View product documentation.

NEW QUESTION: 116

The following description is correct: (multiple choice)
A. When the control frame of OCeanStor 5300 V3 is expanded from 2 to 4 controls, it can be
directly connected or Networking with switches
B. OceanStor V3 mid-range storage arrays use IP switches for interconnection, which has cost
advantages.
PCIe switches are dedicated
Switching, the cost is relatively high, mainly used in high-end storage
C. OceanStor V3 series products support 8 controllers, and the switching plane between the
controllers is IP-based Scale-out interconnection
D. In the OceanStor V3 series of new-generation storage products, the back-end loops of the
same SAS interface card can be mixed and connected Ordinary disk enclosure and high-density
disk enclosure
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 117

With the advent of the era of big data, the corresponding storage technology is also undergoing
changes.
Is the following statement correct? (Multiple choice)
A. Having large-scale expansion capability is the characteristic of mass storage system
B. Traditional NAS, facing PB-level data, complex volume management and unbalanced system
capacity allocation, will result in waste of resources
C. The file system develops from a local file system to a cluster file system and a distributed file
system
D. The mass storage system is characterized by a more complicated file system and more
complicated management
Answer: A,B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 118

The central backup question is: How much loss can be tolerated determines how much to invest
in backup?
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 119

What is included in every backup job?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Retention period.
B. Backup type (full, incremental, differential).
C. Cost of Downtime.
D. Application that uses the data.
Answer: A,B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 120

Which of the following statements is incorrect?
A. Physical volumes reside on the lowest layer in the logical volume manager. Logical volumes
and volume groups are dependent on physical volumes.
B. Multiple volume groups can be created on the space of a logical volume.
C. A volume group is built on physical volumes. A volume group can contain one physical volume
group or multiple physical volumes.
D. A logical volume can reside on multiple physical disks. Data storage can be physically
discontinuous.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 121

In Huawei storage systems that use RAID 2.0+ technology, a hard disk domain can only contain
one type of hard disk.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
 newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 122

HUAWEI OceanStor V3 SmartTier can be used to position files to be on specific disk drive types.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 123

In the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system, one LUN can create multiple snapshots, but only
one snapshot Can be activated.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation
Resolution: A LUN can create multiple snapshots, and each snapshot can be in an activated
state.

NEW QUESTION: 124

Multipath software can only be used in IP-SAN.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)
Explanation
Analysis: It is also needed in the dual control of the low-end SAN/NAS converged storage
architecture; FC SAN is also required.

NEW QUESTION: 125

A bank will launch a business system, which has very high performance and security
requirements, and the database uses Oracle data Database and plan to deploy the Oracle
database to a storage system, then create a RAID group for the Oracle database At this time, the
optimal RAID strategy should be:
A. RAID 5
B. RAID 10
C. RAID 1
D. RAID 6
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 126

The advantages of SAN for NAS unified storage do not include:
A. Users do not need to be concerned about capacity utilization related to data block and file
storage support
B. Users can freely allocate storage to meet the needs of the application environment
C. Users can realize the functions of NAS by buying a set of SAN
D. Users do not need to plan the storage capacity of SAN and NAS separately
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 127

What value does thin provisioning technology bring to customers? (Multiple choice)
A. Reduce the overall TCO of the storage system
B. Reduce the initial purchase cost
C. Reduce the storage space occupied by data
D. Improve storage resource utilization
Answer: A,B,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 128

Which of the following descriptions of refactoring is incorrect?
A. RAID 0,1,3,5,6 and 10 support reconstruction
B. Reconfiguration does not necessarily require hot spare disks
C. Reconstruction will not interrupt RAID business
D. reconstruction has an impact on RAID performance
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 129

Which of the following is the advantage of object storage? (Multiple choice)
A. Improve data integrity and security
B. External SCSI or file interface
C. Flat objects, easy to access and expand
D. Object interface, flexible data segmentation
Answer: A,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 130

Big Data refers to the process of collecting/ processing and analyzing vast amount of data and
information to gain valuable insights.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 131

After the multi-path software is installed on the host, which of the following descriptions are
correct?
(Multiple choice)
A. LUN is automatically mapped to the host
B. Establish a SCSI connection between the host and the storage device
C. Improve link reliability and prevent single link failure, thereby avoiding system failure
D. Assist the operating system to access the same LUN through multiple links to avoid logical
errors
Answer: C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 132

SmartThin provided by HUAWEI OceanStor V3 storage systems is a technology that manages
storage space by allocating storage resources on demand. Based on virtualization, SmartThin
reduces physical storage resources to be deployed, maximizing storage space use efficiency.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 133

Which of the following licenses requires at least two OceanStor systems that are connected over
a WAN/LAN?
A. SmartThin
B. SmartTier
C. HyperSnap
D. RemoteReplication
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 134

Based on the understanding of the Generation stage of the lifecycle management of information
and data, identify the 3 types of sources in which data can be generated.
(Multiple Choice)
A. External System Generation.
B. External Input.
C. Internal Input.
D. Internal System Generation.
Answer: B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 135

The process of regenerating all user data and check data on the failed disk in the mirrored array
or RAID array is called:
A. Recalculate
B. rebuild
C. restore
D. hot
backup
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 136

What are the main elements of the disaster recovery system? (Multiple choice)
A. Backup window
B. RPO
C. RTO
D. backup capacity
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 137

What is the synchronization cycle time limit for asynchronous remote replication?
A. 1s~144min
B. 3s~144min
C. 1s~300min
D. 3s~300min
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Resolution: 3 seconds to 1440 minutes

NEW QUESTION: 138

Which of the following dimensions are often used to express the data used in Big Data scenarios?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Volume
B. Verticality
C. Variety
D. Velocity
Answer: A,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)
NEW QUESTION: 139
In a Linux system, if the representation of a SCSI target is: 2:1:0:3, the following description is
correct: (this question For multiple choice questions)
A. The device LUN ID is 3
B. The target ID is 3
C. The bus ID is 0
D. LUN ID is 0
Answer: A,B,C,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 140

A reliable ICT infrastructure, to avoid a single point of equipment failure, or even a single point of
personnel problems.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 141

A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either
full backup or incremental backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 142

Description 1: FC protocol and FCoE protocol have different operating environments, different
operating channels, and the same protocol stack.
Description 2: FCoE can only run on 10GE, which solves the problems of short FC transmission
distance and packet loss in IP networks.
A. Description 1 error, description 2 error
B. Description 1 is correct, description 2 is incorrect
C. Description 1 is wrong, description 2 is correct
D. Description 1 is correct, description 2 is correct
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 143

In a RAID 5 group comprised of three disks, if 10110110 and 11010011 are written to the same
stripe on the two data disks, respectively, 01100101 is calculated using the XOR function and
then written to the parity disk.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 144

Connecting an OceanStor 5300 V3 to three disk enclosures requires.......... SAS cables.
A. 3
B. 12
F
C. 6
D. 9
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 145

When the hard disk has bad sectors or blocks, which reconstruction method is used?
A. Total reconstruction
B. Local reconstruction
C. Local reconstruction
C, recovery and reconstruction
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 146

Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 147

Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software
applications.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 148

Which of the following statements about LAN-based backup is incorrect?
A. Backup jobs must be separately maintained, complicating management and maintenance.
B. Instruction flows are transmitted over the LAN whereas data flows are not.
C. The backup agent affects the performance of application servers.
D. Backup data is based on LANs, affecting network performance.
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 149

Which of the following technologies are able to quickly obtain valuable information from a variety
of data types in a short period of time from a collection of vast amounts of data?
A. Social Media.
B. Cloud.
C. Internet Of Things.
D. Big Data.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 150

Huawei OceanStor V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk
enclosures.
Which of the following statements about controller enclosures are correct?
(Multiple Choice)
A. A controller enclosure is the core of a storage system.
B. A controller enclosure processes storage services and manages the disk enclosures
connected to it.
C. A controller enclosure consists of controller modules, fan, BBU modules, power modules
and/or interface modules.
D. A controller enclosure does not have disks. Disks are installed in disk enclosures.
Answer: A,B,C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 151

Regarding the steps of SAN synchronous replication, what is the correct order?
(1) The production storage receives the host write request. HyperReplication logs the request.
Only the place is recorded in the log Address information, without recording data content.
(2) HyperReplication waits for both the primary LUN and secondary LUN write processing results
to be returned. If both are written successfully, clear Log; otherwise keep the log, enter the
abnormal disconnection state, and then copy the corresponding number of the log address again
when starting synchronization According to the block.
(3) Write the request to the master LUN and slave LUN. Normally, the LUN is in the write-back
state, and the data will be written Cache.
(4) Return the processing result of the host write request, which is subject to the processing result
of the write master LUN.
A. (4) (2) (3) (1)
B. (1) (3) (2) (4)
C. (2) (1) (3) (4)
D. (1) (2) (3) (4)
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)
 Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 152

The SmartTier intelligent data grading feature requires three types of hard drives in the storage
pool.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 153

Statement 1: Disaster Recovery plans eliminate the need for backups on tape or disk.
Statement 2: With the design of the DR plan one should always assume the worst possible
scenario.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 154

Statement 1: We have a a RAID5 protected group of disks. The protection level increases if we
add more disks to the group. Statement 2: With a RAID 10 set the number of disks must be
greater than 8 to always survive a dual disk failure.
A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 155

Which of the following is the end that receives and processes the SCSI commands?
A. Storage.
B. LUN.
C. Target.
D. Initiator.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 156

Regarding the characteristics of the four disaster recovery modes of active-active, hot standby,
warm standby, and cold standby, what is wrong in the following statement?
A. The data center using cold standby mode has a long RTO and is unpredictable
B. The data center adopting the HyperMetro mode has the shortest RTO time
C. When a data center failure causes the service to become unavailable, the hot standby and
active-active modes can be automatically switched by software Services, while the warm standby
mode requires manual intervention, and the cold standby mode requires manual intervention
D. Hot standby mode requires the highest software cost
Answer: D (LEAVE A REPLY)
Explanation
Resolution:

NEW QUESTION: 157

Which of the following is not involved in the SCSI Protocol Addressing?
A. Device ID.
B. BUS ID.
C. Host ID.
D. LUN ID.
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)
NEW QUESTION: 158
The steps of asynchronous remote replication multi-point technology, is the following statement
correct?
(1) A new time slice (T2, P2) is generated in the cache of the master LUN and the slave LUN at
the start of each replication cycle (2) The newly written data of the host is cached in the time slice
T2 of the main LUN Cache, responding to the completion of the host (3) The master and slave
LUNs each release the received data (4) Copy the data of time slice T1 directly to the slave LUN
and write it to the time slice P2 of the slave LUN
A. (1) (2) (3) (4)
B. (1) (2) (4) (3)
C. (2) (1) (4) (3)
D. (1) (3) (2) (4)
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 159

What is the correct description of the NFS write mode in the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage
system?
A. The system default is asynchronous write mode
B. Synchronous mode is to write the shared data to the cache and then to the disk
C. The system default is the synchronous write mode
D. Asynchronous mode is to write the shared data to the hard disk immediately
Answer: C (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 160

Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Incremental backup
B. Differential backup
C. Real-time backup
D. Full backup
Answer: A,B,D (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 161

Distributed object storage has a unified namespace, and supports online expansion.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 162

OceanStor V3 series storage can only support iSCSI or FC host links separately, not both
Connect to the network.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 163

A traditional RAID 10 set always has an even number of disks.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 164

SCSI communication is initiated by the initiator and received and processed by the target. When
the host and the storage device communicate, the storage device The side assumes the role of
initiator.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 165

Which of the following statements about reconstruction is incorrect?
A. Reconstruction does not interrupt system services.
B. RAID 0,1, 5, 6, and 10 support reconstruction.
C. Reconstruction requires hot spare disks.
D. Reconstruction affects system performance.
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 166

The data backed up by the differential backup is relative to the data added and modified after the
last full backup.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
 https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)

NEW QUESTION: 167

Which of the following statements about RAID 5 and RAID 10 are correct?
A. The random read performance of RAID 5 is lower than RAID 10
B. If the front-end pressure is sufficient, the sequential write performance of RAID 5 is higher than
that of RAID 10.
C. The sequential read performance of RAID 5 is lower than RAID 10
D. The random write performance of RAID 5 is higher than RAID 10
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 168

Description 1: The data recovery of the snapshot depends on the source data. If the source data
is physically damaged, it cannot be recovered. and In this case, the clone can still restore the
source data.
Description 2: After the source data is damaged, the LUN copy must completely copy the backup
data to restore the source data. And clone only Damaged data needs to be recovered, which
greatly reduces the recovery time.
A. Description 1 is wrong, description 2 is wrong
B. description 1 is correct, description 2 is correct
C. Description 1 is right, description 2 is wrong
D. description 1 is wrong, description 2 is right
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 169

Users of a company can automatically report the alarm of the storage device connected to it to
the Huawei Service Support Center through a management software. Excuse me, what software
is this user using?
A. DeviceManager
B. eService
C. CLI management interface
D. Toolkit
Answer: (SHOW ANSWER)

NEW QUESTION: 170

Which of the following options is narrowly stored?
A. Disk array
B. Disk
C. Tape library
D. Disk cabinet
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

NEW QUESTION: 171

FCoE is a transmission protocol standard that encapsulates frames in FC in lossless Ethernet
and is used to form storage networks Network.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B (LEAVE A REPLY)

Valid H13-611 Dumps shared by PrepAwayExam.com for Helping Passing H13-611 Exam!
PrepAwayExam.com now offer the newest H13-611 exam dumps, the PrepAwayExam.com
H13-611 exam questions have been updated and answers have been corrected get the
newest PrepAwayExam.com H13-611 dumps with Test Engine here:
https://www.prepawayexam.com/Huawei/braindumps.H13-611.ete.file.html (490 Q&As Dumps,
40%OFF Special Discount: freecram)
 PassExamDumps

http://www.passexamdumps.com
100% pass your actual test with the latest and most updated study dumps
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611

Title : HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building
the Structure of Storage
Network)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1 from Passexamdumps.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 1
https://www.passexamdumps.com/H13-611-valid-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 You are the storage administrator of a media company that stores a lot of media files such as
videos. You are asked to propose a proper storage architecture for a new storage system that stores
all the video and graphic files of the company. The requirement is that it could run on commodity
hardware in a distributed manner for unstructured data. Choose which one of the following
architecture would be the better option.
A. Distributed Storage Architecture.
B. Clustered NAS Storage Architecture.
C. Block Storage Architecture.
D. Distributed Object Storage Architecture.
Answer: D

NO.2 Which of the following RAID levels has the lowest hard disk space utilization?
A. RAID 1
B. RAID 0
C. RAID 3
D. RAID 5
Answer: A

NO.3 In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev
directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?
A. cat /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
B. mount /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
C. In/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
Answer: B

NO.4 For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.5 Incremental backups must rely on the last full backup and the last incremental backup to
perform data recovery Complete recovery, data reconstruction during recovery is slower than full
backup, and recovery window is larger.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B

NO.6 Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of Ultra Path for different operating systems.
A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

2 from Passexamdumps.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 2
https://www.passexamdumps.com/H13-611-valid-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Answer: C

NO.7 The following are the characteristics of the clustered NAS storage architecture: (multiple
choice)
A. Unified namespace, shared globally
B. can provide block-level storage
C. Online expansion
D. High performance, multiple arrays concurrent I/O
Answer: A,C,D

NO.8 According to the changes in the amount of backup data, the types of backup can be divided
into:
A. full backup
B. Real-time backup
C. differential backup
D. incremental backup
Answer: A,C,D

NO.9 For a system with high business continuity to find that, the characteristics of RPO and RTO
values should be:
A. RPO and RTO are lower
B. RPO is higher, RTO is lower
C. RPO is lower, RTO is higher
D. RPO and RTO are higher
Answer: A

NO.10 In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be
consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?
A. Global Cache.
B. Global Sharing.
C. Global Concurrency.
D. Global Namespace.
Answer: D

NO.11 When does data become information?

A. AH of the above.
B. When the company understands the data and learns from it
C. When it has been stored in the right file format.
D. When it has been stored in a digital form.
Answer: B

NO.12 Regarding the benefits and necessity of enterprises doing disaster recovery system

3 from Passexamdumps.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 3
https://www.passexamdumps.com/H13-611-valid-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

construction, is the following statement wrong?

A. In areas where fewer natural disasters occur, consider reducing the disaster recovery level
B. Can avoid major losses and reduce corporate risks
C. Can simplify the operation and maintenance work, avoid the impact of emergencies
D. Comply with policies and regulations to meet industry regulatory requirements
Answer: A

NO.13 Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths
to the same LUN.
B. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
C. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
D. Maps a LUN to the host
Answer: A,B

NO.14 The QoS of the file system supports IO priority configuration and policy configuration.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.15 FCoE is a transmission protocol standard that encapsulates frames in FC in lossless Ethernet
and is used to form storage networks Network.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.16 In the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system, which protocol is used for the mirror channel
between the controllers?
A. iSCSI
B. IB
C. FCoE
D. PCI-E
Answer: D

NO.17 There are two descriptions about backups, the correct ones are:
Description 1: The disaster recovery solution does not need to consider whether it is backed up on
tape or hard disk.
Description 2: The backup plan should consider the worst case.
A. Descriptions 1 and 2 are wrong
B. Description 1 is right, description 2 is wrong
C, description 1 is wrong, description 2 is right
C. Descriptions 1 and 2 are both correct

4 from Passexamdumps.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 4
https://www.passexamdumps.com/H13-611-valid-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.18 What conditions should be considered for device backup bandwidth? (Multiple choice)
A. Backup cycle
B. The daily quantity increment
C. Backup staff
D. the size of the initial data
Answer: A,B,D

NO.19 When a company's customers need to complete data migration between devices, what
features can be used to complete? (Multiple choices)
A. Remote replication
B. clone
C. LUN copy
D. SmartMigration
Answer: A,B,C,D
Explanation
Analysis: SmartMigration (LUN migration): Ability to implement services on the source LUN without
interrupting host services Completely and transparently migrate to the target LUN, and use the target
LUN to completely replace the source LUN after the migration is completed.
Perception. HyperReplication (remote replication): provides users with flexible and powerful data
replication functions, through remote replication The system can realize remote backup and recovery
of data, continuous business data support, and disaster recovery of data. Includes sync remote
Replication and asynchronous remote replication. HyperClone (clone) can achieve LUN level without
interrupting host business The complete backup of data can be used in scenarios such as data backup
and recovery, application testing and data analysis. HyperCopy (LUN Copy) can copy the data in the
source LUN to the local target LUN or the target LUN on other storage Now data migration,
distribution and backup.

NO.20 Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage system over file servers? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Drivers service and powerful function
B. High stability and reliability
C. High data security
D. Large storage space
Answer: B,C,D

NO.21 Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup
strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.
A. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
B. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.
C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.
D. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,

5 from Passexamdumps.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 5
https://www.passexamdumps.com/H13-611-valid-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: D

NO.22 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs?

(Multiple Choice)
A. Larger capacity
B. Faster read/write speed for random access
C. Better environmental adaptability
D. Longer service life
Answer: B,C

NO.23 Multipathing software is only needed in SAN solutions with just a single switch.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.24 In the Huawei storage system, which of the following is true about the characteristics of
virtual snapshot LUNs?
A. data use mapping table lookup
B. The storage system can generate a snapshot in seconds
C. Complete data copying is unnecessary
D. The snapshot LUN cannot be mapped to the host
Answer: A,B,C

NO.25 In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications
must be pauzed during the replication update process.
A. TRUE
B. FALS
Answer: B

NO.26 In a SCSI connection, it is responsible to send SCSI commands to the target. Which of the
following fits the above description.
A. LUN.
B. Storage.
C. Target.
D. Initiator.
Answer: D

NO.27 In Huawei RAID 2.0+, is the description about chunck and extent correct?
A. chunck is the smallest unit for LUN to apply for space from the storage pool and free up space
B. The extent is the smallest unit for the storage pool to allocate resources from the hard disk
domain
C. chunck is the smallest unit of hot data statistics and migration (data migration granularity)
D. The extent size of different storage pools can be different, but the extent size in the same storage

6 from Passexamdumps.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 6
https://www.passexamdumps.com/H13-611-valid-exam-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

pool is uniform
Answer: D
Explanation
Analysis: extent is a fixed-size logical storage space divided on the basis of CKG, the size is adjustable,
and it is a hot data system.
The smallest unit of accounting and migration (data migration granularity) is also the smallest unit of
applying space and releasing space in the storage pool. Do not The extent of the same storage pool
can be different, but the extent of the same storage pool is uniform.
CKG is a logical storage unit composed of CKs from different hard drives in the same DG according to
the RAID algorithm.
The smallest unit of resources allocated by the pool from the hard disk domain.

NO.28 Based on common ICT architecture, what effect does network latency have on the
performance of networks?
A. Low latency allows quicker data transmission in networks.
B. Low latency will cause network performance to drop.
C. Higher latency has better network performance.
D. Higher latency allows more data to be transmitted.
Answer: A

NO.29 Which of the following are the supported data storage architecture of modern storage array?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Block Storage.
B. File Storage,
C. Object Storage,
D. Fusion Storage.
Answer: A,B,C

NO.30 About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier.
Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: A

7 from Passexamdumps.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 7
https://www.passexamdumps.com/H13-611-valid-exam-dumps.html
 Huawei
H13-611 Exam
Huawei HCIA-Storage V4.0 Exam

Questions & Answers

Demo
Questions & Answers PDF Page 2

Version: 10.1
Question: 1

Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.
Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: C

Question: 2

Match the correct functionalities together: (1) IaaS (2) Hybrid (3) SaaS (a) Combination of public and
private (b) Applications are hosted externally (c) Hardware is outsourced.

A. 1-a; 2-b; 3-c

B. 1-b; 2-c; 3-a
C. 1-c; 2-a; 3-b
D. 1-b; 2-a; 3-c

Answer: C

Question: 3

Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN?

(Multiple Choice)

A. Storage device
B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Fibre Channel HBA
D. Windows operating system

Answer: BD

Question: 4

Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software
Questions & Answers PDF Page 3

applications.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 5

Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: B

Question: 6

Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Disk-To-Tape
B. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape
C. Replication
D. Virtual Tape Library

Answer: C

Question: 7

Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup methods?
(Multiple Choice)

A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Incremental backup
D. Differential backup

Answer: BCD

Question: 8

The recovery point objective (RPO) is used to identify how much time lies between two backups.
Questions & Answers PDF Page 4

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 9

Select the correct statements that describes Mean Time Between Failure(MTBF).
(Multiple Choice)

A. MTBF can accurately pinpoint the time of failures of the hard disks.
B. The higher the MTBF, the hard disk will have shorter lifespan expectancy,
C. MTBF is used to measure the reliability of hard disks.
D. MTBF is the predicted elapsed time between inherent failures of hard disks.

Answer: CD

Question: 10

It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with its
rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually irreparable damage to the magnetic media on the
platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Platter Area.
C. Bad Sector.
D. Head Crash.

Answer: D

Question: 11

Statement 1: An ICT infrastructure should be built with high end equipment and be located in one site.
Statement 2: A server is a rackmounted enterprise version of a desktop computer and typically has more
than one hard disk installed.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False.
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Stament 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: C

Question: 12
Questions & Answers PDF Page 5

Connecting an OceanStor 5300 V3 to three disk enclosures requires.......... SAS cables.

A. 3
B. 6
C. 9
D. 12
F

Answer: B

Question: 13

Which of the following statements about LAN-based backup is incorrect?

A. Instruction flows are transmitted over the LAN whereas data flows are not.
B. The backup agent affects the performance of application servers.
C. Backup data is based on LANs, affecting network performance.
D. Backup jobs must be separately maintained, complicating management and maintenance.

Answer: A

Question: 14

Each organization independently determines which data should be stored and for how long.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: B

Question: 15

Clustered NAS can provide concurrent multi-node access of data to hosts.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 16

Which of the following statements are characteristics of pre-copy technology?

(Multiple Choice)
Questions & Answers PDF Page 6

A. Migrates data from a suspected faulty disk to a hot spare disk immediately after the error count of the
suspected faulty disk exceeds the preset threshold.
B. Reduces the occurrence of reconstruction.
C. Improves system reliability.
D. Reduces system performance.

Answer: ABC

Question: 17

Many companies gather so much data that they cannot extract the right information from the data,

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 18

Using SmartThin gives extra responsibility for the SAN administrator because there is a risk of over-
provisioning storage capacity.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 19

It is the interconnection via the Internet of computing devices embedded in everyday objects, which
enables them to send and receive dat
a. Which of the following fits the statement above?
A. Cloud.
B. Big Data.
C. Social Media.
D. Internet Of Things.

Answer: D

Question: 20

Statement 1: Everytime a tape is used to restore data/ some data will be lost.
Statement 2: Backup strategies that use tape as backup media typically have a high RTO.

A. Statement 1 and 2 are true

Questions & Answers PDF Page 7

B. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.

C. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: A

Question: 21

Which of the following are existing Solid State Disk types?

(Multiple Choice)

A. DLC
B. eMLC
C. TLC
D. SLC

Answer: BCD

Question: 22

A backup set is a group of data that is backed up in a batch. A backup set can be used for either full
backup or incremental backup.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A
Questions & Answers PDF Page 1

Huawei
H13-611 Exam
HCIA-Storage V4.0 Exam

Questions & Answers

(Demo Version – Limited Content)

Thank you for Downloading H13-611 exam PDF Demo

You can also try our H13-611 practice exam software

Download Free Demo

http://www.certificationsbuzz.com/H13-611.html

www.certificationsbuzz.com
Questions & Answers PDF Page 2

Version: 11.0

Question: 1

Statement 1: Multimode optic cables are usually longer than single mode cables.
Statement 2: Sharp cable bends lead to weaker signal at the end of the cable.

A. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

B. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
C. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
D. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.

Answer: C

Question: 2

Match the correct functionalities together: (1) IaaS (2) Hybrid (3) SaaS (a) Combination of public and
private (b) Applications are hosted externally (c) Hardware is outsourced.

A. 1-a; 2-b; 3-c

B. 1-b; 2-c; 3-a
C. 1-c; 2-a; 3-b
D. 1-b; 2-a; 3-c

Answer: C

Question: 3

Which of the following items is NOT mandatory in a Fibre Channel SAN?

(Multiple Choice)

A. Storage device
B. Fibre Channel switch
C. Fibre Channel HBA
D. Windows operating system

Answer: B. D

www.certificationsbuzz.com
Questions & Answers PDF Page 3

Question: 4

Application program interface (API) is a set of routines, protocols, and tools for building software
applications.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 5

Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup
strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.

A. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.

B. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,
C. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
D. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.

Answer: B

Question: 6

Which of the following methods provides the best RTO?

A. Disk-To-Tape
B. Disk-To-Disk-To-Tape
C. Replication
D. Virtual Tape Library

Answer: C

Question: 7

Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup methods?
(Multiple Choice)

A. Real-time backup

www.certificationsbuzz.com
Questions & Answers PDF Page 4

B. Full backup
C. Incremental backup
D. Differential backup

Answer: BCD

Question: 8

The recovery point objective (RPO) is used to identify how much time lies between two backups.

A. TRUE
B. FALSE

Answer: A

Question: 9

Select the correct statements that describes Mean Time Between Failure(MTBF).
(Multiple Choice)

A. MTBF can accurately pinpoint the time of failures of the hard disks.
B. The higher the MTBF. the hard disk will have shorter lifespan expectancy,
C. MTBF is used to measure the reliability of hard disks.
D. MTBF is the predicted elapsed time between inherent failures of hard disks.

Answer: CD

Question: 10

It is a hard-disk failure that occurs when a read-write head of a hard disk drive comes in contact with
its rotating platter, resulting in permanent and usually irreparable damage to the magnetic media on
the platter surface. Which of the following fits the above description?

A. Electrical Failure.
B. Bad Platter Area.
C. Bad Sector.
D. Head Crash.

Answer: D

www.certificationsbuzz.com
Questions & Answers PDF Page 5

Thank You for trying H13-611 PDF Demo

To try our H13-611 practice exam software visit link below

http://www.certificationsbuzz.com/H13-611.html

Start Your H13-611 Preparation

Use Coupon “20OFF” for extra 20% discount on the purchase of
Practice Test Software. Test your H13-611 preparation with actual
exam questions.

www.certificationsbuzz.com
 TestInsides

About Full Refund

Candidates have own unqualified certificate scanned and then sent to our mailbox. After confirmation, we will
refund. (Contact now )

Refund Policy
1. Questions must be purchased before the exam.
2. The transcript's subject must be the same subject when you bought the questions.

http://www.testinsides.top/
Testinsides offers the best valid test dumps and test questions
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611-ENU

Title : HCIA-Storage (Huawei

Certified ICT Associate -
Storage)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testinsides.top. 1
https://www.testinsides.top/H13-611-ENU-dumps-review.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 Huawei V3 series storage system hardware includes controller enclosures and disk enclosures.
Which of the following statements about controller enclosures is correct?
A. When the external power supply fails, BBU modules provide backup power for all disks.
B. If BBUs become faulty, the service system will be interrupted.
C. When the power input is normal, BBUs are in the standby state.
D. When the external power supply fails, BBUs can supply power to enable data synchronization
from the cache to disks in disk enclosures.
Answer: D

NO.2 What does the term RPO mean?

A. Recovery Point Objective
B. Restore Point Objective
C. Recover Plan Objective
D. Return Purchase Order
Answer: A

NO.3 Statement 1: NAS solutions are always file based.

Statement 2: NAS solutions are mostly limited in distance because Ethernet cables are used.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
Answer: B

NO.4 Statement 1: The higher the number used to indicate the RAID level, the higher the overhead
Statement 2: RAID 10 stripes the data, then mirrors the stripe set.
A. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
B. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
D. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
Answer: A

NO.5 What is best described as: the time it takes for the desired data to be beneath the read head
when the head is on the correct track?
A. Rotational latency
B. Throughput
C. Seek time
D. Rotational speed
Answer: A

NO.6 A SAN always uses the same technology to connect to the infrastructure as a NAS.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE

2
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testinsides.top. 2
https://www.testinsides.top/H13-611-ENU-dumps-review.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.7 Statement 1: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because it uses fiber optic cables that can be much
longer than Ethernet cables.
Statement 2: FCoE is preferred over iSCSI because we do not need any Ethernet switches anymore.
A. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
D. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.
Answer: B

NO.8 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs? (Multiple Choice)
A. Longer service life
B. Better environmental adaptability
C. Faster read/write speed for random access
D. Larger capacity
Answer: B,C

NO.9 Depending on the amount of data to be backed up, which of the types are actual backup
methods? (Multiple Choice)
A. Real-time backup
B. Full backup
C. Differential backup
D. Incremental backup
Answer: B,C,D

NO.10 Which of the following is not a component of a backup system?

A. Backup server
B. Backup media
C. Backup software
D. Backup policy
Answer: D

NO.11 What is Network Functions Virtualization (NFV)?

A. Decoupling of network functions from hardware.
B. Decoupling of services from software.
C. Decoupling of network functions from virtualization.
D. Decoupling of the data plane and control plane in networks.
Answer: A

NO.12 Which of the following statements about block virtualization technology for Huawei storage
systems are correct? (Multiple Choice)
A. A RAID group is formed in the unit of physical disks.

3
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testinsides.top. 3
https://www.testinsides.top/H13-611-ENU-dumps-review.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

B. A CKG is the unit used in applying for space, releasing space, and relocating data.
C. Data is distributed to all disks, fully leveraging the read/write processing capability of a storage
system.
D. Data reconstruction efficiency improves significantly.
Answer: C,D

NO.13 A zone in a FC switch determines which ports of the FC switch can be connected together.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.14 The storage controller can only provide processing and caching functions.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: A

NO.15 Select which of the following which is not a properties of Distributed Object Storage
Architecture.
A. Centralized nodes.
B. Global namespace.
C. Automatic load balancing.
D. Online expansion.
Answer: A

NO.16 Which module is not in the disk enclosure of a storage device?

A. Power module
B. Expansion module
C. Fan module
D. BBU module
Answer: D

NO.17 Which of the following statements is true? (Multiple Choice)

A. the realized transfer speed of SSD is higher than that of SAS.
B. SSD are cheaper than HDD because they are physically much smaller.
C. only SLC SSD are used in Enterprise level systems.
D. A SAS disk generally has more IOPS than a SATA disk.
Answer: A,D

NO.18 Data is the record that reflects the attributes of objective things and is the physical
manifestation of information.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

4
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testinsides.top. 4
https://www.testinsides.top/H13-611-ENU-dumps-review.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.19 A differential backup holds all changes that were made since the last successful full backup.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.20 Select the statements that are correct about the functions of network devices. (Multiple
Choice)
A. Routers do not forward the broadcast frames in the network.
B. Hubs allow the separation of collision domains.
C. LAN switches place each port into a separate collision domain.
D. Routers do not separate the network into different broadcast domains.
Answer: A,C

5
Get Latest & Valid h13-611-enu Exam's Question and Answers from Testinsides.top. 5
https://www.testinsides.top/H13-611-ENU-dumps-review.html
 RealVCE

http://www.realvce.com
Free VCE Exam Simulator, Real Exam Dumps File Download
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Exam : H13-611

Title : HCNA-Storage-BSSN(Building
the Structure of Storage
Network)

Vendor : Huawei

Version : DEMO

1 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 1
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

NO.1 You are the storage administrator of a media company that stores a lot of media files such as
videos. You are asked to propose a proper storage architecture for a new storage system that stores
all the video and graphic files of the company. The requirement is that it could run on commodity
hardware in a distributed manner for unstructured data. Choose which one of the following
architecture would be the better option.
A. Distributed Storage Architecture.
B. Clustered NAS Storage Architecture.
C. Block Storage Architecture.
D. Distributed Object Storage Architecture.
Answer: D

NO.2 Which of the following RAID levels has the lowest hard disk space utilization?
A. RAID 1
B. RAID 0
C. RAID 3
D. RAID 5
Answer: A

NO.3 In a Red Hat Linux 5 operating system, which command is used to mount the sdb5 in the dev
directory to the sdb5 in the mnt directory?
A. cat /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
B. mount /dev/sdb5 /mnt/sdb5
C. In/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
D. df/dev/sdb5/mnt/sdb5
Answer: B

NO.4 For all operating systems there is a specific version of Huawei UltraPath multipathing software.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.5 Incremental backups must rely on the last full backup and the last incremental backup to
perform data recovery Complete recovery, data reconstruction during recovery is slower than full
backup, and recovery window is larger.
A. FALSE
B. TRUE
Answer: B

NO.6 Statement 1: Multipathing is caused by adding redundant hardware.

Statement 2: Huawei offers a different version of Ultra Path for different operating systems.
A. Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
B. Both statements 1 and 2 are false.
C. Statements 1 and 2 are both true.

2 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 2
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

D. Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.

Answer: C

NO.7 The following are the characteristics of the clustered NAS storage architecture: (multiple
choice)
A. Unified namespace, shared globally
B. can provide block-level storage
C. Online expansion
D. High performance, multiple arrays concurrent I/O
Answer: A,C,D

NO.8 According to the changes in the amount of backup data, the types of backup can be divided
into:
A. full backup
B. Real-time backup
C. differential backup
D. incremental backup
Answer: A,C,D

NO.9 For a system with high business continuity to find that, the characteristics of RPO and RTO
values should be:
A. RPO and RTO are lower
B. RPO is higher, RTO is lower
C. RPO is lower, RTO is higher
D. RPO and RTO are higher
Answer: A

NO.10 In a clustered NAS architecture, which of the following allows multiple file system to be
consolidated and does not need to be managed separately?
A. Global Cache.
B. Global Sharing.
C. Global Concurrency.
D. Global Namespace.
Answer: D

NO.11 When does data become information?

A. AH of the above.
B. When the company understands the data and learns from it
C. When it has been stored in the right file format.
D. When it has been stored in a digital form.
Answer: B

NO.12 Regarding the benefits and necessity of enterprises doing disaster recovery system

3 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 3
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

construction, is the following statement wrong?

A. In areas where fewer natural disasters occur, consider reducing the disaster recovery level
B. Can avoid major losses and reduce corporate risks
C. Can simplify the operation and maintenance work, avoid the impact of emergencies
D. Comply with policies and regulations to meet industry regulatory requirements
Answer: A

NO.13 Which of the following occurs after multipathing software is installed on a host? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Avoids logical errors from occurring in the operating system as a result of multiple reachable paths
to the same LUN.
B. Improves link reliability and prevents the failure of a single link from causing a system failure.
C. Sets up connection between a storage device and the host.
D. Maps a LUN to the host
Answer: A,B

NO.14 The QoS of the file system supports IO priority configuration and policy configuration.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.15 FCoE is a transmission protocol standard that encapsulates frames in FC in lossless Ethernet
and is used to form storage networks Network.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: A

NO.16 In the Huawei OceanStor V3 storage system, which protocol is used for the mirror channel
between the controllers?
A. iSCSI
B. IB
C. FCoE
D. PCI-E
Answer: D

NO.17 There are two descriptions about backups, the correct ones are:
Description 1: The disaster recovery solution does not need to consider whether it is backed up on
tape or hard disk.
Description 2: The backup plan should consider the worst case.
A. Descriptions 1 and 2 are wrong
B. Description 1 is right, description 2 is wrong
C, description 1 is wrong, description 2 is right
C. Descriptions 1 and 2 are both correct

4 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 4
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: A

NO.18 What conditions should be considered for device backup bandwidth? (Multiple choice)
A. Backup cycle
B. The daily quantity increment
C. Backup staff
D. the size of the initial data
Answer: A,B,D

NO.19 When a company's customers need to complete data migration between devices, what
features can be used to complete? (Multiple choices)
A. Remote replication
B. clone
C. LUN copy
D. SmartMigration
Answer: A,B,C,D
Explanation
Analysis: SmartMigration (LUN migration): Ability to implement services on the source LUN without
interrupting host services Completely and transparently migrate to the target LUN, and use the target
LUN to completely replace the source LUN after the migration is completed.
Perception. HyperReplication (remote replication): provides users with flexible and powerful data
replication functions, through remote replication The system can realize remote backup and recovery
of data, continuous business data support, and disaster recovery of data. Includes sync remote
Replication and asynchronous remote replication. HyperClone (clone) can achieve LUN level without
interrupting host business The complete backup of data can be used in scenarios such as data backup
and recovery, application testing and data analysis. HyperCopy (LUN Copy) can copy the data in the
source LUN to the local target LUN or the target LUN on other storage Now data migration,
distribution and backup.

NO.20 Which of the following are advantages of NAS storage system over file servers? (Multiple
Choice)
A. Drivers service and powerful function
B. High stability and reliability
C. High data security
D. Large storage space
Answer: B,C,D

NO.21 Statement 1: A company should know what the Cost Of Downtime is to determine the backup
strategy.
Statement 2: For the business continuity it is not important to determine the RTO.
A. Statement 1 is False; Statement 2 is True.
B. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both True.
C. Statement 1 and Statement 2 are both False.
D. Statement 1 is True; Statement 2 is False,

5 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 5
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

Answer: D

NO.22 What are the advantages of SSDs over HDDs?

(Multiple Choice)
A. Larger capacity
B. Faster read/write speed for random access
C. Better environmental adaptability
D. Longer service life
Answer: B,C

NO.23 Multipathing software is only needed in SAN solutions with just a single switch.
A. TRUE
B. FALSE
Answer: B

NO.24 In the Huawei storage system, which of the following is true about the characteristics of
virtual snapshot LUNs?
A. data use mapping table lookup
B. The storage system can generate a snapshot in seconds
C. Complete data copying is unnecessary
D. The snapshot LUN cannot be mapped to the host
Answer: A,B,C

NO.25 In HUAWEI OceanStor V3, for synchronous replication to be successful, all host applications
must be pauzed during the replication update process.
A. TRUE
B. FALS
Answer: B

NO.26 In a SCSI connection, it is responsible to send SCSI commands to the target. Which of the
following fits the above description.
A. LUN.
B. Storage.
C. Target.
D. Initiator.
Answer: D

NO.27 In Huawei RAID 2.0+, is the description about chunck and extent correct?
A. chunck is the smallest unit for LUN to apply for space from the storage pool and free up space
B. The extent is the smallest unit for the storage pool to allocate resources from the hard disk
domain
C. chunck is the smallest unit of hot data statistics and migration (data migration granularity)
D. The extent size of different storage pools can be different, but the extent size in the same storage

6 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 6
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html
 Instant Download - Best Exam Practice Material - 100% Money Back Guarantee!
IT Certification Guaranteed, The Easy Way!

pool is uniform
Answer: D
Explanation
Analysis: extent is a fixed-size logical storage space divided on the basis of CKG, the size is adjustable,
and it is a hot data system.
The smallest unit of accounting and migration (data migration granularity) is also the smallest unit of
applying space and releasing space in the storage pool. Do not The extent of the same storage pool
can be different, but the extent of the same storage pool is uniform.
CKG is a logical storage unit composed of CKs from different hard drives in the same DG according to
the RAID algorithm.
The smallest unit of resources allocated by the pool from the hard disk domain.

NO.28 Based on common ICT architecture, what effect does network latency have on the
performance of networks?
A. Low latency allows quicker data transmission in networks.
B. Low latency will cause network performance to drop.
C. Higher latency has better network performance.
D. Higher latency allows more data to be transmitted.
Answer: A

NO.29 Which of the following are the supported data storage architecture of modern storage array?
(Multiple Choice)
A. Block Storage.
B. File Storage,
C. Object Storage,
D. Fusion Storage.
Answer: A,B,C

NO.30 About HUAWEI OceanStor V3, the following 2 statements:

Statement 1: With the SmartTier feature the SSD disks are in the Performance Tier.
Statement 2: No more than 3 tiers can exist in the OceanStor V3 storage arrays.
A. Statement 1 and 2 are true.
B. Statement 1 is false; Statement 2 is true.
C. Statement 1 is true; Statement 2 is false.
D. Statement 1 and 2 are false.
Answer: A

7 from Realvce.com.
Get Latest & Valid h13-611 Exam's Question and Answers 7
https://www.realvce.com/H13-611_free-dumps.html